1 #LyX 2.0.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
52 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
53 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
55 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
57 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
58 \use_default_options false
59 \maintain_unincluded_children false
65 \font_typewriter default
66 \font_default_family default
74 \default_output_format default
76 \bibtex_command default
77 \index_command default
81 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
82 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
86 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
87 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
88 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
93 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
94 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
104 \paperorientation portrait
122 \paragraph_separation indent
123 \paragraph_indentation default
124 \quotes_language english
127 \paperpagestyle default
128 \tracking_changes true
129 \output_changes false
132 \author 1 "Richard Heck"
146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
148 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
150 \begin_inset CommandInset href
152 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
163 \begin_inset Newline newline
167 \begin_inset Newline newline
171 \begin_inset Note Note
174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
175 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
176 \begin_inset Newline newline
181 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
189 \begin_layout Standard
190 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
191 LatexCommand tableofcontents
198 \begin_layout Chapter
202 \begin_layout Section
206 \begin_layout Standard
207 LyX is a document preparation system.
208 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
209 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
210 It is unlike most other
211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
218 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
220 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
233 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
236 pt type, left justified, 5
237 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
245 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
249 \begin_layout Standard
250 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
263 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
267 \begin_layout Standard
269 \begin_inset Quotes eld
277 \begin_inset Quotes erd
280 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
281 the format of all of the manuals.
282 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
283 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
300 \begin_layout Section
304 \begin_layout Standard
305 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
307 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
308 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
312 \begin_layout Standard
313 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
314 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
315 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
317 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
318 only a vertical scrollbar.
319 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
320 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
321 This, however, is due
322 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
323 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
324 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
325 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
327 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
328 this doesn't work for equations yet.
331 \begin_layout Standard
332 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
338 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
340 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
345 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
346 ing sections of this documentation.
349 \begin_layout Section
353 \begin_layout Standard
354 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
359 of the manuals from inside LyX.
360 Just select the manual you want read from the
367 \begin_layout Section
369 \begin_inset CommandInset label
371 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
378 \begin_layout Standard
379 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
380 without resorting to configuration files.
381 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
382 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
383 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
388 \begin_inset Index idx
391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
398 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
399 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
400 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
404 \begin_inset space \space{}
407 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
408 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
410 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
414 \begin_inset Index idx
417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
418 Reconfiguration of LyX
423 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
426 \begin_layout Section
428 \begin_inset CommandInset label
430 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
437 \begin_layout Standard
438 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
439 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
441 Actually, that isn't quite true.
442 Some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that produces PDFs and
443 the like, and any LyX document can be outupt as plain text or as XHTML.
444 Still, most of the documents people edit in LyX use LaTeX as the backend,
445 and so exporting these documents to PDF, or printing them, requires you
446 to have LaTeX properly installed.
449 \begin_layout Standard
450 Moreover, specific document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook
452 Again, such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
453 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
456 \begin_layout Standard
457 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
458 you can view from the menu
460 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
479 If you are missing packages you need, then you should install them and
480 then reconfigure LyX (menu
482 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
486 \begin_inset Note Note
489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
490 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
495 \begin_inset Quotes erd
498 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
499 More about TeX Code is described in section
504 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
506 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
510 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
515 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
517 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
527 \begin_inset Index idx
530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
531 Reconfiguration of LyX
536 See section 5.1 of the
540 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
543 \begin_layout Chapter
547 \begin_layout Section
548 Basic File Operations
549 \begin_inset Index idx
552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
561 \begin_layout Standard
566 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
567 in addition to some more advanced operations:
570 \begin_layout Itemize
574 \begin_inset Graphics
575 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
576 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
583 \begin_layout Itemize
601 \begin_layout Itemize
607 \begin_inset Graphics
608 filename ../images/file-open.png
609 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
616 \begin_layout Itemize
622 \begin_layout Itemize
628 \begin_inset Graphics
629 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
630 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
637 \begin_layout Itemize
647 \begin_layout Itemize
661 \begin_layout Itemize
671 \begin_layout Itemize
677 \begin_layout Itemize
683 \begin_layout Itemize
689 \begin_inset Graphics
690 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
691 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
698 \begin_layout Itemize
704 \begin_layout Standard
705 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
706 a few minor differences.
709 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
724 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
725 you for a template to use.
726 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
727 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
728 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
734 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
736 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
743 \begin_layout Standard
745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
768 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
769 space is just that — a big, blank space.
772 \begin_layout Standard
793 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
798 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
823 will reload the document from disk.
824 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
825 and want to restore it to the last save.
834 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
835 can identify them as your changes.
838 \begin_layout Section
839 Basic Editing Features
840 \begin_inset Index idx
843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
850 \begin_inset CommandInset label
852 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
859 \begin_layout Standard
860 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
861 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
862 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
863 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
865 We'll start with cut and paste.
868 \begin_layout Standard
869 As you might expect, the
873 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
874 various other editing features.
875 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
879 \begin_layout Itemize
885 \begin_inset Graphics
886 filename ../images/cut.png
887 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
894 \begin_layout Itemize
900 \begin_inset Graphics
901 filename ../images/copy.png
902 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
909 \begin_layout Itemize
915 \begin_inset Graphics
916 filename ../images/paste.png
917 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
924 \begin_layout Itemize
934 \begin_layout Itemize
944 \begin_layout Itemize
958 \begin_inset Graphics
959 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
960 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
968 \begin_layout Standard
969 The first three are self-explanatory.
970 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
971 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
980 keys also functions as the
985 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
986 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
991 to get back the lost text.
994 \begin_layout Standard
995 \begin_inset Index idx
998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1004 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1008 \begin_inset space ~
1013 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1016 \begin_layout Standard
1019 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1021 \begin_inset space ~
1024 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1026 \begin_inset space ~
1030 \begin_inset space ~
1035 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1041 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1045 \begin_inset space ~
1050 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1051 will start a new paragraph.
1054 \begin_layout Standard
1055 \begin_inset Index idx
1058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1065 \begin_inset Index idx
1068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1076 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1078 \begin_inset space ~
1082 \begin_inset space ~
1090 \begin_inset space ~
1094 \begin_inset space ~
1100 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1105 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1108 \begin_inset space ~
1117 \begin_inset space ~
1122 button to skip the current word.
1126 \begin_inset space ~
1131 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1135 \begin_inset space ~
1140 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1142 If the toggle is set, searching for
1143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1154 will not match the word
1155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1169 Match whole words only
1171 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
1172 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1202 \begin_layout Standard
1203 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1204 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1206 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1211 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1218 \begin_layout Section
1220 \begin_inset Index idx
1223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1230 \begin_inset Index idx
1233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1240 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1242 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1249 \begin_layout Standard
1250 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1251 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1254 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1257 or the toolbar button
1258 \begin_inset Graphics
1259 filename ../images/undo.png
1260 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1264 to undo some mistake.
1265 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1267 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1270 or the toolbar button
1271 \begin_inset Graphics
1272 filename ../images/redo.png
1273 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1278 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1282 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1285 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1286 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1289 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1292 \begin_layout Standard
1293 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1299 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1302 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1303 This is a consequence of the 100
1304 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1307 step undo limit, above.
1310 \begin_layout Standard
1319 work on almost everything in LyX.
1320 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1324 \begin_layout Section
1326 \begin_inset Index idx
1329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1338 \begin_layout Standard
1339 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1342 \begin_layout Enumerate
1347 \begin_layout Itemize
1352 once anywhere in the edit window.
1353 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1357 \begin_layout Enumerate
1362 \begin_layout Itemize
1368 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1371 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1374 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1377 \begin_layout Itemize
1378 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1380 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1387 \begin_layout Enumerate
1388 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1392 \begin_layout Standard
1393 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1394 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1398 \begin_layout Enumerate
1403 \begin_layout Standard
1408 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1413 \begin_layout Section
1415 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1417 name "sec:Navigating"
1422 \begin_inset Index idx
1425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1434 \begin_layout Standard
1435 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1438 \begin_layout Itemize
1443 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1444 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1447 \begin_layout Itemize
1450 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1453 or the toolbar button
1454 \begin_inset Graphics
1455 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1456 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1463 \begin_layout Standard
1464 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1465 (TOC) that is described in section
1466 \begin_inset space ~
1470 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1472 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1477 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1478 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1479 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1480 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1481 to the document, see section
1482 \begin_inset space ~
1486 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1488 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1497 option sorts the current list, and the
1501 option keeps it in the current view state.
1502 Keeping means that when you have e.
1503 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1507 \begin_inset space \space{}
1510 the subsections of section
1511 \begin_inset space ~
1514 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1515 \begin_inset space ~
1518 3, the subsections of section
1519 \begin_inset space ~
1522 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1527 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1528 \begin_inset space ~
1534 \begin_layout Standard
1536 \begin_inset space \space{}
1540 \begin_inset Graphics
1541 filename ../images/down.png
1542 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1547 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1552 \begin_inset space \space{}
1556 \begin_inset Graphics
1557 filename ../images/up.png
1558 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1563 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1567 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1569 So you can for example move section
1570 \begin_inset space ~
1574 \begin_inset space ~
1578 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1580 \begin_inset Graphics
1581 filename ../images/promote.png
1582 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1587 \begin_inset Graphics
1588 filename ../images/demote.png
1589 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1593 or the corresponding key bindings
1601 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1602 So you can for example make section
1603 \begin_inset space ~
1607 \begin_inset space ~
1611 \begin_inset space ~
1617 \begin_layout Standard
1619 \begin_inset Graphics
1620 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
1621 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
1626 jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1627 This is for example useful when you have a large document and navigated
1628 or scrolled to another document part to look for something, and want to
1629 go back to your last editing position.
1632 \begin_layout Section
1634 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1638 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1642 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1644 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1649 \begin_inset Index idx
1652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1659 \begin_inset Index idx
1662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1693 \begin_layout Standard
1694 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1696 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1697 is used to propose completions.
1700 \begin_layout Standard
1701 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1702 there are completions available.
1703 You can then press the
1707 key to use this completion.
1708 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1709 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1710 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1717 \begin_layout Standard
1718 In the preferences dialog, which is opened with the menu
1720 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1723 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1725 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1728 by deselecting the option
1735 Automatic inline completion
1737 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1738 To accept this proposal, use the
1747 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1748 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1750 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1754 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1756 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1763 \begin_layout Section
1765 \begin_inset Index idx
1768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1775 \begin_inset Index idx
1778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1807 \begin_inset Index idx
1810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1841 \begin_layout Standard
1842 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1843 LyX's default is CUA.
1846 \begin_layout Standard
1850 \begin_inset space ~
1858 \begin_inset space ~
1879 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1883 \begin_layout Labeling
1884 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1888 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1889 LatexCommand nomenclature
1891 description "Tabulator key"
1897 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1898 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1899 \begin_inset space ~
1903 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1905 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1910 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1912 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1916 , especially section
1917 \begin_inset space ~
1921 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1923 reference "sub:Lists"
1929 If you're still confused, look in the
1936 \begin_layout Labeling
1937 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1941 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1942 LatexCommand nomenclature
1944 description "Escape key"
1951 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1955 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1958 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1959 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1962 \begin_layout Labeling
1963 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1969 \begin_inset space ~
1973 \begin_inset space ~
1980 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1981 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1985 \begin_layout Standard
1986 There are three modifier keys:
1989 \begin_layout Labeling
1990 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1996 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2008 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2009 LatexCommand nomenclature
2011 description "Control key"
2015 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2016 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2020 \begin_layout Itemize
2029 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2032 \begin_layout Itemize
2041 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2044 \begin_layout Itemize
2053 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2057 \begin_layout Labeling
2058 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2072 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2076 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2077 LatexCommand nomenclature
2079 description "Shift key"
2083 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2084 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2087 \begin_layout Labeling
2088 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2102 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2106 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2107 LatexCommand nomenclature
2109 description "Alt or Meta key"
2113 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2114 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2115 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2121 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2123 menu accelerator keys
2126 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2127 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2131 \begin_layout Standard
2132 For example, the sequence
2133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2139 \begin_inset space ~
2143 \begin_inset space ~
2149 \begin_inset space ~
2157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2161 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2170 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2176 \begin_inset space ~
2182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2192 \begin_layout Standard
2197 manual lists all other things bound to the
2205 \begin_layout Standard
2206 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2207 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2208 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2209 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2210 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2211 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2212 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2213 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2214 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2229 followed by a capital
2236 \begin_layout Standard
2237 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2239 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2244 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2247 as explained in sec.
2248 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2252 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2254 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2261 \begin_layout Chapter
2263 \begin_inset Index idx
2266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2275 \begin_layout Section
2277 \begin_inset Index idx
2280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2289 \begin_layout Subsection
2293 \begin_layout Standard
2294 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2295 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2296 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2297 numbering schemes, and so on.
2298 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2299 and format the title of your document differently.
2302 \begin_layout Standard
2307 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2308 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2309 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2310 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2311 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2314 \begin_layout Standard
2315 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2316 how to adjust their properties.
2319 \begin_layout Subsection
2321 \begin_inset Index idx
2324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2331 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2333 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2340 \begin_layout Standard
2341 You can select a class using the
2343 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2344 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2348 \begin_inset Index idx
2351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2358 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2362 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2366 \begin_layout Standard
2367 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2371 \begin_layout Description
2372 Article for basic articles
2375 \begin_layout Description
2376 Report for basic reports
2379 \begin_layout Description
2380 Book for writing a book
2383 \begin_layout Description
2384 Letter for US-style letters
2387 \begin_layout Standard
2388 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2389 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2390 will include many of these.
2391 Here are some of the classes.
2392 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2394 Special Document Classes
2403 \begin_layout Description
2404 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2407 \begin_layout Description
2414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2423 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2427 \begin_layout Description
2428 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2429 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2430 There are three article layouts available.
2431 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2432 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2433 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2434 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2436 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2439 sequential numbering
2440 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2443 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2444 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2445 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2446 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2449 \begin_layout Description
2450 Beamer Layout for presentations
2453 \begin_layout Description
2454 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2455 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2459 \begin_layout Description
2461 \begin_inset space ~
2464 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2467 \begin_layout Description
2468 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2471 \begin_layout Description
2474 Die TeXnische Komödie
2476 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2479 \begin_layout Description
2480 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2483 \begin_layout Description
2484 Foils Used to make transparencies
2487 \begin_layout Description
2488 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2491 \begin_layout Description
2492 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2493 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2497 \begin_layout Description
2498 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2499 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2502 \begin_layout Description
2503 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2506 \begin_layout Description
2507 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2510 \begin_layout Description
2511 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2512 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2515 \begin_layout Description
2516 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2519 \begin_layout Description
2524 LaTeX document class
2527 \begin_layout Description
2528 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2531 \begin_layout Description
2536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2543 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2544 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2546 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2549 \begin_layout Description
2550 Slides Used to make transparencies
2553 \begin_layout Description
2555 \begin_inset space ~
2558 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2559 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2562 \begin_layout Description
2563 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2566 \begin_layout Description
2571 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2574 \begin_layout Standard
2575 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2577 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2583 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2584 of the document classes.
2585 \change_inserted 1 1269457401
2589 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2591 \change_inserted 1 1269457704
2592 Why Is My Document Class `Unavailable'?
2595 \begin_layout Standard
2597 \change_inserted 1 1269458954
2598 New users are sometimes puzzled by the fact that many of the document classes
2601 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2602 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2604 \begin_inset Index idx
2607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2609 \change_inserted 1 1269457484
2618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2626 Or they are surprised that, when they try to open the
2630 template, they receive a message saying that the document class requires
2631 external files to produce output, files that are not installed.
2632 Surely something is wrong.
2636 \begin_layout Standard
2638 \change_inserted 1 1269458991
2640 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2641 and some of them, like
2645 (which is used for screenplays), are highly specialized.
2646 Indeed, we want LyX to support as many different types of documents as
2647 possible, and, as of LyX 2.0, it includes almost one hundred different layout
2648 files, with the number growing all the time.
2649 No sensible LaTeX distribution will install all of the different files
2650 that might be needed by some LyX document class by default.
2651 There are too many, and they are too various.
2652 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2657 \begin_layout Standard
2659 \change_inserted 1 1269459048
2660 So, if there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2661 `Unavailable', all you need to do is install the appropriate class or package
2663 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to try selecting
2664 that document class.
2665 LyX will display a dialog that, among other things, will list the missing
2667 Most TeX distributions now include a See section 5.1 of the
2671 manual for information on how to install them.
2674 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2676 \change_inserted 1 1269458726
2679 lass that is not even list
2680 \change_inserted 1 1269458726
2684 \begin_layout Standard
2686 \change_inserted 1 1269459092
2687 Although, as said, LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents,
2688 it does not include support for every document class people might want
2690 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2691 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2692 For example, the LaTeX document class
2696 is used for dissertations at the University of California.
2697 The LyX team cannot write `layout files' to support every one of these.
2701 \begin_layout Standard
2703 \change_inserted 1 1269459143
2704 Fortunately, however, users can write their own layout files, and many users
2706 Sometimes, this is quite easy, but sometimes it can be quite hard.
2711 manual contains information on how to add support for your favorite document
2717 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2719 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2726 \begin_inset Index idx
2729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2738 \begin_layout Standard
2739 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2740 chosen document class.
2741 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2742 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2749 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2753 \begin_inset Index idx
2756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2763 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2765 \change_inserted 1 1269456873
2769 \begin_layout Standard
2771 \change_inserted 1 1274730016
2772 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2773 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2774 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2775 be able to export PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be able
2776 to compile the LaTeX file without the missing package.
2777 If you want to be able to produce output, then you need to install the
2778 missing package and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2780 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2784 \begin_inset Index idx
2787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2789 \change_inserted 1 1269456873
2790 Reconfiguration of LyX
2795 See section 5.1 of the
2799 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2804 \begin_layout Standard
2805 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2813 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2814 LyX will advise you about these things.
2822 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2826 \begin_layout Standard
2827 Each class has a default set of options.
2828 Here's a quick table describing them:
2831 \begin_layout Standard
2832 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2838 \begin_layout Standard
2840 \begin_inset Tabular
2841 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2842 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2843 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2844 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2845 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2846 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2847 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3301 \begin_layout Standard
3302 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3308 \begin_layout Standard
3309 You're probably also wondering what
3310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3314 \begin_inset space ~
3318 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3322 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3323 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3328 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3333 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3343 headings, there are also
3351 headings, and so on.
3352 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3353 \begin_inset space ~
3357 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3359 reference "sub:Headings"
3366 \begin_layout Subsection
3368 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3370 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3375 \begin_inset Index idx
3378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3387 \begin_inset Index idx
3390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3399 \begin_layout Standard
3400 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3402 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3413 \begin_inset space ~
3418 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3420 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3421 to use for your document.
3422 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3426 \begin_layout Standard
3433 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3439 \begin_inset space ~
3444 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3445 You can choose between the following five options:
3448 \begin_layout Labeling
3449 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3454 Use default page style of current class.
3457 \begin_layout Labeling
3458 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3463 No page numbers or headings.
3466 \begin_layout Labeling
3467 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3475 \begin_layout Labeling
3476 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3481 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3482 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3483 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3486 \begin_layout Labeling
3487 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3492 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3498 \begin_inset Index idx
3501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3502 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3508 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3509 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3511 Check the documentation for the
3515 package for more details,
3516 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3525 \begin_layout Standard
3530 of paragraphs is described in section
3531 \begin_inset space ~
3535 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3537 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3544 \begin_layout Subsection
3545 Paper Size and Orientation
3546 \begin_inset Index idx
3549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3550 Document ! Paper size
3556 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3558 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3565 \begin_layout Standard
3566 You'll find the following options in the menu
3569 \begin_inset space ~
3574 of the dialog of the
3576 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3582 \begin_inset Index idx
3585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3594 \begin_layout Labeling
3595 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3599 \begin_inset space ~
3604 What size paper to print on.
3608 \begin_layout Itemize
3614 \begin_layout Itemize
3624 \begin_layout Itemize
3630 \begin_layout Itemize
3636 \begin_layout Itemize
3642 \begin_layout Itemize
3648 \begin_layout Itemize
3654 \begin_layout Labeling
3655 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3660 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3671 \begin_layout Labeling
3672 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3676 \begin_inset space ~
3681 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3682 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3685 \begin_layout Subsection
3687 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3694 \begin_inset Index idx
3697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3704 \begin_inset Index idx
3707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3716 \begin_layout Standard
3717 Paper margins are set in the menu
3719 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3723 \begin_inset Index idx
3726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3735 \begin_layout Standard
3736 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3737 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3738 the paper format and the font size into account.
3741 \begin_layout Subsection
3745 \begin_layout Standard
3746 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3751 That includes the paragraph environments.
3752 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3753 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3754 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3755 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3764 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3766 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3767 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3768 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3771 \begin_layout Section
3772 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3773 \begin_inset Index idx
3776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3777 Paragraph ! Indentation
3785 \begin_layout Subsection
3787 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3789 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3796 \begin_layout Standard
3797 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3798 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3801 \begin_layout Standard
3802 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3803 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3804 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3805 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3809 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3815 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3816 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3817 language than English.
3818 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3821 \begin_layout Standard
3822 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3823 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3825 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3826 LyX takes care of that.
3827 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3829 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3830 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3831 of a page, and so on.
3835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3836 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3841 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3842 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3846 of these pre-coded spacings.
3847 We'll explain more later.
3850 \begin_layout Subsection
3851 Paragraph Separation
3852 \begin_inset Index idx
3855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3856 Paragraph ! Separation
3864 \begin_layout Standard
3865 To separate paragraphs, select
3876 \begin_inset space ~
3883 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3887 \begin_inset Index idx
3890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3896 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3897 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3898 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3901 \begin_layout Standard
3911 \begin_layout Standard
3912 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3913 \begin_inset space ~
3917 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3919 reference "cap:Units"
3924 The default length is 30
3925 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3931 \begin_layout Subsection
3935 \begin_layout Standard
3936 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3939 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3941 \begin_inset space ~
3946 dialog and toggle the
3949 \begin_inset space ~
3954 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
3957 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
3961 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3962 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3966 \begin_layout Standard
3967 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3968 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3971 \begin_layout Subsection
3973 \begin_inset Index idx
3976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3977 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3985 \begin_layout Standard
3988 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3992 \begin_inset Index idx
3995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4004 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4007 \begin_inset space ~
4016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4017 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4022 \begin_inset Index idx
4025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4026 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4031 installed to use this feature.
4039 \begin_layout Section
4040 Paragraph Environments
4041 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4043 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4048 \begin_inset Index idx
4051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4052 Paragraph ! Environments
4058 \begin_inset Index idx
4061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4062 Paragraph environments|(
4070 \begin_layout Subsection
4074 \begin_layout Standard
4075 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4078 \begin_layout Standard
4097 \begin_inset Newline newline
4100 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4101 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4102 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4111 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4114 \begin_layout Standard
4115 A paragraph environment is simply a
4116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4123 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4124 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4125 scheme, labels, and so on.
4126 Additionally, you can
4127 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4131 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4134 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4135 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4136 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4137 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4138 days of typewriters.
4139 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4141 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4144 \begin_layout Standard
4145 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4146 \begin_inset Graphics
4147 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4153 at the left end of the toolbar.
4154 LyX will change the environment of the
4158 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4159 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4160 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4164 \begin_layout Standard
4173 create a new paragraph using the
4177 paragraph environment.
4179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4186 because if you are in one of these environments:
4189 \begin_layout Itemize
4195 \begin_layout Itemize
4201 \begin_layout Itemize
4207 \begin_layout Itemize
4213 \begin_layout Itemize
4219 \begin_layout Itemize
4225 \begin_layout Itemize
4231 \begin_layout Standard
4232 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4236 , rather than resetting it to
4241 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4242 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4243 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4244 \begin_inset space ~
4248 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4250 reference "sec:Nesting"
4255 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4260 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4261 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4265 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4271 \begin_layout Subsection
4275 \begin_layout Standard
4276 The default paragraph environment is
4281 It creates a plain paragraph.
4282 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4283 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4284 this manual) are in the
4291 \begin_layout Standard
4292 You can nest a paragraph using the
4296 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4304 \begin_layout Subsection
4306 \begin_inset Index idx
4309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4318 \begin_layout Standard
4319 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4325 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4328 for thanks or contact information.
4329 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4330 page along with today's date.
4331 For other types of documents, the title
4332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4339 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4343 \begin_layout Standard
4344 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4358 Here's how you use them:
4361 \begin_layout Itemize
4362 Put the title of your document in the
4369 \begin_layout Itemize
4370 Put the author name in the
4377 \begin_layout Itemize
4378 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4379 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4385 Note that using this environment is optional.
4386 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4387 If you don't want any date, add the line
4388 \begin_inset Newline newline
4398 \begin_inset Newline newline
4401 to the preamble of your document (menu
4403 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4409 \begin_layout Standard
4410 You can use footnotes to insert
4411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4418 or contact information.
4421 \begin_layout Subsection
4423 \begin_inset Index idx
4426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4433 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4442 \begin_layout Standard
4443 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4444 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4447 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4449 \begin_inset Index idx
4452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4453 Section headings ! Numbered
4461 \begin_layout Standard
4462 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4466 \begin_layout Enumerate
4472 \begin_layout Enumerate
4478 \begin_layout Enumerate
4484 \begin_layout Enumerate
4490 \begin_layout Enumerate
4496 \begin_layout Enumerate
4502 \begin_layout Enumerate
4508 \begin_layout Standard
4509 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4510 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4511 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4514 \begin_layout Standard
4515 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4516 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4517 You group the book into chapters.
4518 LyX does similar grouping:
4521 \begin_layout Itemize
4526 is divided in either
4537 \begin_layout Itemize
4549 \begin_layout Itemize
4561 \begin_layout Itemize
4573 \begin_layout Itemize
4585 \begin_layout Itemize
4597 \begin_layout Standard
4598 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4606 Not all document types use the
4610 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4615 is the top-level heading.
4623 \begin_layout Standard
4628 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4629 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4631 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4633 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4637 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4643 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4645 \begin_inset Index idx
4648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4649 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4657 \begin_layout Standard
4658 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4662 \begin_layout Enumerate
4668 \begin_layout Enumerate
4674 \begin_layout Enumerate
4680 \begin_layout Enumerate
4686 \begin_layout Enumerate
4692 \begin_layout Standard
4694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4698 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4701 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4702 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4703 table of contents, see section
4704 \begin_inset space ~
4708 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4717 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4718 Changing the Numbering
4719 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4721 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4728 \begin_layout Standard
4729 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4730 in the Table of Contents.
4731 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4733 Certain classes start with
4747 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4757 This is something you can change.
4760 \begin_layout Standard
4763 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4769 \begin_inset Index idx
4772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4783 \begin_inset space ~
4787 \begin_inset space ~
4792 you'll see two counters.
4797 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4799 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4803 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4804 Short Titles of Headings
4805 \begin_inset Index idx
4808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4809 Section headings ! Short titles
4815 \begin_inset Argument
4818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4825 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4827 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4834 \begin_layout Standard
4835 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4836 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4837 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4838 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4841 \begin_layout Standard
4842 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4843 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4844 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4845 To specify a short title, use the menu
4847 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4849 \begin_inset space ~
4855 This will insert a box labeled
4856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4860 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4864 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4868 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4871 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4872 This also works for captions inside floats.
4875 \begin_layout Standard
4876 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4879 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4883 \begin_layout Standard
4884 The following information applies to all section headings:
4887 \begin_layout Itemize
4888 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4891 \begin_layout Itemize
4892 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4895 \begin_layout Itemize
4896 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4899 \begin_layout Itemize
4900 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4903 \begin_layout Subsection
4904 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4907 \begin_layout Standard
4908 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4922 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4923 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4924 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4925 the text they contain.
4926 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4934 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4937 \begin_layout Standard
4938 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4947 when you start a new paragraph.
4948 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4952 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4953 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4954 to change back to the
4958 environment yourself.
4961 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4971 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4978 \begin_inset Index idx
4981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4990 \begin_layout Standard
4991 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4992 time for the differences.
5001 are identical except for one difference:
5005 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5014 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5017 \begin_layout Standard
5018 Here's an example of the
5031 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5033 See – no indentation!
5037 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5038 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5039 the other paragraph.
5042 \begin_layout Standard
5043 Here's another example, this time in the
5050 \begin_layout Quotation
5056 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
5057 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5058 the first line, then
5062 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5066 you were quoting other text.
5069 \begin_layout Quotation
5070 Here's a new paragraph.
5071 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5072 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5075 \begin_layout Standard
5076 As the examples show,
5080 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5081 They should put quotes in the
5086 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5090 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5093 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5099 \begin_inset Index idx
5102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5111 \begin_inset Index idx
5114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5121 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5130 \begin_layout Standard
5135 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5141 \begin_inset Newline newline
5144 Which I did not rehearse!
5148 It could be much worse.
5149 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5151 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5152 indented a bit more than the first.
5153 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5159 \begin_inset Newline newline
5162 And make things look fine
5163 \begin_inset Newline newline
5169 arg "newline-insert newline"
5175 \begin_layout Standard
5180 does not indent both margins.
5181 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5182 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5189 arg "newline-insert newline"
5195 \begin_layout Subsection
5197 \begin_inset Index idx
5200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5207 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5216 \begin_layout Standard
5217 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5227 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5236 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5237 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5238 some general features of all four of them.
5241 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5245 \begin_layout Standard
5246 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5248 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5257 reset the environment to
5261 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5262 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5263 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5267 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5270 to break paragraphs.
5273 \begin_layout Standard
5274 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5275 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5277 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5278 you read all of section
5279 \begin_inset space ~
5283 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5285 reference "sec:Nesting"
5293 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5299 \begin_inset Index idx
5302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5309 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5318 \begin_layout Standard
5319 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5323 paragraph environment.
5324 It has the following properties:
5327 \begin_layout Itemize
5328 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5332 \begin_layout Itemize
5333 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5336 \begin_layout Itemize
5337 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5341 \begin_layout Itemize
5342 The items can have any length.
5343 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5344 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5351 \begin_layout Itemize
5356 environment inside another
5360 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5364 \begin_layout Itemize
5365 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5368 \begin_layout Itemize
5369 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5372 \begin_layout Itemize
5374 \begin_inset space ~
5378 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5380 reference "sec:Nesting"
5384 for a full explanation of nesting.
5388 \begin_layout Standard
5389 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5398 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5401 \begin_layout Standard
5402 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5403 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5406 \begin_layout Itemize
5407 The label for the first level
5411 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5415 \begin_layout Itemize
5416 The label for the second level is a dash.
5420 \begin_layout Itemize
5421 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5425 \begin_layout Itemize
5426 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5430 \begin_layout Itemize
5431 Back out to the third level.
5435 \begin_layout Itemize
5436 Back to the second level.
5440 \begin_layout Itemize
5441 Back to the outermost level.
5444 \begin_layout Standard
5445 These are the default labels for an
5450 You can customize these labels in the
5452 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5455 dialog in the submenu
5462 \begin_inset Index idx
5465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5474 \begin_layout Standard
5475 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5476 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5478 \begin_inset space ~
5482 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5484 reference "sec:Nesting"
5491 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5497 \begin_inset Index idx
5500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5507 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5509 name "sec:Enumerate"
5516 \begin_layout Standard
5521 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5522 It has these properties:
5525 \begin_layout Enumerate
5526 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5530 \begin_layout Enumerate
5531 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5535 \begin_layout Enumerate
5536 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5539 \begin_layout Enumerate
5544 environment resets the counter to one.
5547 \begin_layout Enumerate
5560 \begin_layout Enumerate
5561 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5562 Items can have any length.
5565 \begin_layout Enumerate
5566 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5569 \begin_layout Enumerate
5570 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5573 \begin_layout Enumerate
5574 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5578 \begin_layout Standard
5587 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5588 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5595 \begin_layout Enumerate
5596 The first level of an
5600 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5604 \begin_layout Enumerate
5605 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5609 \begin_layout Enumerate
5610 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5614 \begin_layout Enumerate
5615 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5618 \begin_layout Enumerate
5619 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5624 \begin_layout Enumerate
5625 Back to the third level
5629 \begin_layout Enumerate
5630 Back to the second level.
5634 \begin_layout Enumerate
5635 Back to the outermost level.
5638 \begin_layout Standard
5639 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5644 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5649 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5653 \begin_layout Standard
5654 There is more to nesting
5658 environments than we've stated here.
5659 You should read section
5660 \begin_inset space ~
5664 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5666 reference "sec:Nesting"
5670 to learn more about nesting.
5673 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5679 \begin_inset Index idx
5682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5691 \begin_layout Standard
5692 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5696 list has no fixed label.
5697 Instead, LyX uses the first
5698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5705 of the first line as the label.
5709 \begin_layout Description
5710 Example: This is an example of the
5717 \begin_layout Standard
5718 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5722 \begin_layout Standard
5724 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5728 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5731 it is meant that the first hit of the
5735 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5737 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5745 arg "space-insert protected"
5750 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5751 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5753 \begin_inset space ~
5759 \begin_inset space ~
5763 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5765 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5769 for more info.) Here is an example:
5772 \begin_layout Description
5774 \begin_inset space ~
5777 Example: This one shows how to use a
5780 \begin_inset space ~
5792 \begin_layout Description
5793 Usage: You should use the
5797 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5798 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5800 It's not a good idea to use a
5804 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5805 You're better off using
5817 paragraphs into them.
5820 \begin_layout Description
5821 Nesting: You can nest
5825 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5829 \begin_layout Standard
5830 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5831 them from the first line.
5834 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5840 \begin_inset Index idx
5843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5852 \begin_layout Standard
5857 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5860 \begin_layout Standard
5861 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5869 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5874 environment is named
5886 \begin_layout Standard
5895 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5896 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5899 \begin_layout Labeling
5900 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5902 \begin_inset space ~
5905 labels LyX uses the first
5906 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5913 of each line as the item label.
5918 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5919 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5920 blank as described above.
5923 \begin_layout Labeling
5924 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5925 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5926 the body of the item text.
5927 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5928 label width plus a little extra space.
5932 \begin_layout Labeling
5933 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5935 \begin_inset space ~
5938 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5940 If the label width is larger, the label
5941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5948 into the first line.
5949 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5950 margin of the rest of the item text.
5953 \begin_layout Labeling
5954 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5956 \begin_inset space ~
5959 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5964 environment have the same left margin.
5965 \begin_inset Newline newline
5968 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5971 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5973 \begin_inset space ~
5982 \begin_inset space ~
5987 determines the default label width.
5988 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5990 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5994 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5997 multiple times instead.
5998 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6007 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6010 \begin_inset space ~
6015 every time you alter a label in a
6020 \begin_inset Newline newline
6023 The predefined default width is the length of
6024 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6028 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6033 \begin_inset Newline newline
6037 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6045 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6046 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6054 \begin_layout Standard
6059 environment the same way like the
6063 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6069 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6073 \begin_layout Standard
6078 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6080 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6082 \begin_inset space ~
6086 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6088 reference "sec:Nesting"
6092 to learn about nesting.
6095 \begin_layout Standard
6096 There is yet another feature of the
6100 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6102 You can use additional
6106 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6111 are documented in section
6112 \begin_inset space ~
6116 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6118 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6123 Here are some examples:
6124 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6130 \begin_layout Labeling
6131 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6132 Left The default for
6139 \begin_layout Labeling
6140 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6141 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6148 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6151 \begin_layout Labeling
6152 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6153 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6157 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6164 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6167 \begin_layout Subsection
6169 \begin_inset Index idx
6172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6181 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6189 \begin_inset space ~
6197 \begin_layout Standard
6198 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6206 \begin_inset space ~
6212 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6213 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6214 In contrast, you can use the
6221 \begin_inset space ~
6226 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6227 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6231 \begin_layout Standard
6232 Of course, you're not limited to using
6239 \begin_inset space ~
6248 \begin_inset space ~
6253 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6254 some European academic papers.
6257 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6259 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6261 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6268 \begin_layout Standard
6273 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6274 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6278 \begin_inset space ~
6283 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6284 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6285 Here's an example of each:
6288 \begin_layout Right Address
6290 \begin_inset Newline newline
6294 \begin_inset Newline newline
6298 \begin_inset Newline newline
6301 When is it? What is today?
6304 \begin_layout Standard
6308 \begin_inset space ~
6314 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6315 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6316 Here's an example of the
6323 \begin_layout Address
6325 \begin_inset Newline newline
6328 Where do I send this
6329 \begin_inset Newline newline
6332 Your post office and country
6335 \begin_layout Standard
6336 As you can see, both
6343 \begin_inset space ~
6348 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6353 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6359 This makes sense, since
6367 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6368 Thus, you have to use
6375 arg "newline-insert newline"
6381 \begin_inset space ~
6384 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6386 \begin_inset space ~
6395 menu) to start a new line in an
6402 \begin_inset space ~
6410 \begin_layout Subsection
6414 \begin_layout Standard
6415 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6416 or list of references.
6417 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6420 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6424 \begin_inset Index idx
6427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6436 \begin_layout Standard
6441 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6442 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6443 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6444 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6448 in anything else or vice versa.
6454 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6455 The book document classes ignores the
6459 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6463 in a letter document class.
6466 \begin_layout Standard
6471 environment does several things for you.
6472 First, it puts the centered label
6473 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6481 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6483 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6484 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6485 the subsequent text.
6486 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6487 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6490 \begin_layout Standard
6491 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6495 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6496 The new paragraph will still be in the
6501 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6502 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6505 \begin_layout Standard
6506 \begin_inset Float figure
6511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6513 \begin_inset Graphics
6514 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6522 \begin_inset Caption
6524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6525 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6527 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6548 \begin_layout Standard
6549 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6553 environment, but since this document is in the
6554 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6561 class, we can't do this.
6562 We inserted it therefore as figure
6563 \begin_inset space ~
6567 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6569 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6574 If you've never heard of an
6575 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6579 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6582 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6585 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6591 \begin_inset Index idx
6594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6601 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6603 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6610 \begin_layout Standard
6615 environment is used to list references.
6616 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6617 only use it at the end of the document.
6622 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6625 \begin_layout Standard
6626 When you first open a
6630 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6631 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6635 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6646 depending on the document class.
6647 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6648 Each paragraph of the
6652 environment is a bibliography entry.
6657 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6658 Each new paragraph is still in the
6665 \begin_layout Standard
6666 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6667 by using a BibTeX database.
6668 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
6669 phy handling, have a look at in section
6670 \begin_inset space ~
6674 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6676 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6683 \begin_layout Subsection
6687 \begin_inset Index idx
6690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6691 Paragraph ! LyX code
6697 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6706 \begin_layout Standard
6711 environment is another LyX extension.
6712 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6717 key as a fixed whitespace;
6721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6733 \begin_inset space ~
6738 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6743 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6744 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6747 arg "newline-insert newline"
6764 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6765 So, when you finish using the
6769 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6770 Also, you can nest the
6774 environment inside of others.
6777 \begin_layout Standard
6778 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6781 \begin_layout Itemize
6785 arg "newline-insert newline"
6788 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6789 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6793 \begin_inset space \space{}
6803 arg "newline-insert newline"
6809 \begin_layout Itemize
6813 arg "newline-insert newline"
6824 \begin_layout Itemize
6829 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6836 \begin_layout Itemize
6840 arg "space-insert protected"
6847 \begin_layout Itemize
6848 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6849 You must put at least one
6853 in any line you want blank.
6854 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6857 \begin_layout Itemize
6858 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6862 since that will insert
6867 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6870 arg "self-insert \""
6876 \begin_layout Standard
6880 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6884 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6888 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6892 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6896 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6897 printf("Hello World!
6902 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6906 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6910 \begin_layout Standard
6911 This is just the standard
6912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6916 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6923 \begin_layout Standard
6928 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6929 rc-files, and so on.
6930 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6931 as if you used a typewriter.
6932 \begin_inset Index idx
6935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6936 Paragraph environments|)
6944 \begin_layout Section
6945 Nesting Environments
6946 \begin_inset Index idx
6949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6950 Nesting ! Environments
6956 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6965 \begin_layout Subsection
6969 \begin_layout Standard
6970 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6972 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
6974 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6976 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6988 \begin_layout Enumerate
6992 \begin_layout Enumerate
6997 \begin_layout Enumerate
7001 \begin_layout Enumerate
7006 \begin_layout Enumerate
7010 \begin_layout Standard
7011 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7012 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7015 \begin_inset space ~
7019 \begin_inset space ~
7027 \begin_inset space ~
7031 \begin_inset space ~
7040 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7041 will tell you how far you are nested).
7042 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7043 \begin_inset Graphics
7044 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
7049 \begin_inset Graphics
7050 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
7054 or the convenient key bindings
7065 arg "depth-increment"
7071 arg "depth-decrement"
7074 to change the nesting level.
7075 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7076 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7080 \begin_layout Standard
7081 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7082 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7083 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7084 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7087 \begin_layout Standard
7088 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7089 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7091 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7094 \begin_layout Subsection
7095 What You Can and Can't Nest
7098 \begin_layout Standard
7099 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7100 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7103 \begin_layout Standard
7104 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7105 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7106 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7109 \begin_layout Itemize
7110 Completely unnestable
7113 \begin_layout Itemize
7114 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7118 \begin_layout Itemize
7119 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7123 \begin_layout Standard
7124 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7125 environments have them:
7128 \begin_layout Description
7129 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7130 Can't nest into them.
7134 \begin_layout Itemize
7140 \begin_layout Itemize
7146 \begin_layout Itemize
7152 \begin_layout Itemize
7158 \begin_layout Itemize
7165 \begin_layout Description
7167 \begin_inset space ~
7170 Nestable You can nest them.
7171 You can nest other things into them.
7175 \begin_layout Itemize
7181 \begin_layout Itemize
7187 \begin_layout Itemize
7193 \begin_layout Itemize
7199 \begin_layout Itemize
7205 \begin_layout Itemize
7211 \begin_layout Itemize
7217 \begin_layout Itemize
7224 \begin_layout Description
7225 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7226 You can't nest anything into them.
7230 \begin_layout Itemize
7236 \begin_layout Itemize
7242 \begin_layout Itemize
7248 \begin_layout Itemize
7254 \begin_layout Itemize
7260 \begin_layout Itemize
7266 \begin_layout Itemize
7272 \begin_layout Itemize
7278 \begin_layout Itemize
7284 \begin_layout Itemize
7290 \begin_layout Itemize
7296 \begin_layout Itemize
7302 \begin_layout Itemize
7308 \begin_layout Itemize
7312 \begin_inset space ~
7318 \begin_layout Itemize
7325 \begin_layout Standard
7326 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7334 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7343 \begin_inset space ~
7347 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7351 \begin_inset space \space{}
7354 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7355 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7356 section headings violate this.
7364 \begin_layout Subsection
7365 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7366 \begin_inset Index idx
7369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7370 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7378 \begin_layout Standard
7379 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7380 affected by nesting anyhow.
7384 \begin_layout Itemize
7388 \begin_layout Itemize
7392 \begin_layout Itemize
7396 \begin_layout Standard
7398 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7406 Figures and tables in
7410 are not affected by this.
7415 Have a look at section
7416 \begin_inset space ~
7420 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7422 reference "sec:Floats"
7426 for more information about
7433 \begin_layout Standard
7434 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7435 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7439 \begin_layout Standard
7440 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7448 of its own, it behaves just like a
7449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7456 paragraph environment.
7457 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7461 \begin_layout Standard
7462 Here's an example with a table:
7465 \begin_layout Enumerate
7470 \begin_layout Enumerate
7471 This is (a) and it's nested.
7475 \begin_layout Standard
7476 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7482 \begin_layout Standard
7484 \begin_inset Tabular
7485 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7486 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7487 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7488 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7572 \begin_layout Standard
7573 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7580 \begin_layout Enumerate
7582 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7586 \begin_layout Enumerate
7590 \begin_layout Standard
7591 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7594 \begin_layout Enumerate
7599 \begin_layout Enumerate
7600 This is (a) and it's nested.
7604 \begin_layout Standard
7605 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7611 \begin_layout Standard
7613 \begin_inset Tabular
7614 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7615 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7616 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7617 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7701 \begin_layout Standard
7702 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7708 \begin_layout Enumerate
7715 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7718 \begin_layout Enumerate
7722 \begin_layout Standard
7723 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7727 \begin_layout Standard
7728 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7730 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7733 \begin_layout Enumerate
7738 \begin_layout Enumerate
7739 This is (a) and it's nested.
7742 \begin_layout Standard
7743 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7749 \begin_layout Standard
7751 \begin_inset Tabular
7752 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7753 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7754 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7755 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7839 \begin_layout Standard
7840 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7846 \begin_layout Enumerate
7848 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7856 \begin_layout Enumerate
7860 \begin_layout Standard
7861 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7867 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7868 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7872 \begin_layout Subsection
7873 Usage and General Features
7876 \begin_layout Standard
7877 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7879 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7883 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7886 is the innermost possible depth.
7887 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7890 \begin_layout Enumerate
7891 level #1 – outermost
7895 \begin_layout Enumerate
7900 \begin_layout Enumerate
7905 \begin_layout Enumerate
7910 \begin_layout Itemize
7915 \begin_layout Itemize
7924 \begin_layout Standard
7925 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7926 both of them in the example.
7927 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7937 For example, if we tried to nest another
7942 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7949 , we would get errors.
7952 \begin_layout Subsection
7954 \begin_inset Index idx
7957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7966 \begin_layout Standard
7967 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7968 We have several examples of nested environments.
7969 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7973 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7974 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7977 \begin_layout Labeling
7978 \labelwidthstring MMM
7979 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7988 \begin_layout Labeling
7989 \labelwidthstring MMM
7990 #2-a This is level #2.
7991 We created it by using
7994 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8000 arg "depth-increment"
8007 \begin_layout Labeling
8008 \labelwidthstring MMM
8009 #3-a This is level #3.
8010 This time, we just hit
8017 arg "depth-increment"
8021 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8025 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8031 arg "depth-increment"
8038 \begin_layout Standard
8043 environment, nested inside of
8044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8048 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8052 So, it's at level #4.
8053 We did this by hitting
8056 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8062 arg "depth-increment"
8065 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8070 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8086 \begin_layout Standard
8091 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8094 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8100 \begin_layout Labeling
8101 \labelwidthstring MMM
8102 #4-a This is level #4.
8106 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8109 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8114 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8118 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8123 keep nesting things inside
8124 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8128 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8135 \begin_layout Labeling
8136 \labelwidthstring MMM
8137 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8142 \begin_layout Labeling
8143 \labelwidthstring MMM
8144 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8145 and this is level #6.
8146 By now, you should know how we made these two.
8150 \begin_layout Labeling
8151 \labelwidthstring MMM
8152 #5-b Back to level #5.
8156 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8162 arg "depth-decrement"
8169 \begin_layout Labeling
8170 \labelwidthstring MMM
8174 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8180 arg "depth-decrement"
8183 , we're back at level #4.
8187 \begin_layout Labeling
8188 \labelwidthstring MMM
8189 #3-b Back to level #3.
8190 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8194 \begin_layout Labeling
8195 \labelwidthstring MMM
8196 #2-b Back to level #2.
8201 \begin_layout Labeling
8202 \labelwidthstring MMM
8203 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8204 After this sentence, we'll hit
8208 and change the paragraph environment back to
8215 \begin_layout Standard
8216 We could have also used the
8232 environment in place of the
8237 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8240 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8241 Example 2: Inheritance
8244 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8245 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8248 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8257 arg "depth-increment"
8260 , after which, we'll change to the
8268 \begin_layout Enumerate
8273 environment, at level #2.
8276 \begin_layout Enumerate
8277 Notice how the nested
8281 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8285 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8289 \begin_layout Standard
8290 We ended this example by hitting
8295 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8299 and reset the nesting depth by using
8302 arg "depth-decrement"
8308 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8309 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8318 \begin_inset Argument
8321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8322 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8330 \begin_layout Enumerate
8331 This is level #1, in an
8335 paragraph environment.
8336 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8340 \begin_layout Enumerate
8345 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8351 arg "depth-increment"
8355 Now, what happens if we nest an
8359 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8360 label be? An asterisk?
8364 \begin_layout Itemize
8374 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8375 So, its label is a bullet.
8376 (We got here by using
8379 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8385 arg "depth-increment"
8388 , then changing the environment to
8396 \begin_layout Itemize
8397 Here's level #4, produced using
8400 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8406 arg "depth-increment"
8410 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8415 \begin_layout Enumerate
8416 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8418 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8423 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8427 , because we are in the
8436 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8455 \begin_layout Enumerate
8460 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8461 type of numbering does LyX use?
8464 \begin_layout Enumerate
8465 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8468 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8471 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8474 \begin_layout Enumerate
8478 arg "depth-decrement"
8481 to decrease the depth after the next
8484 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8491 \begin_layout Enumerate
8493 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8497 \begin_layout Enumerate
8499 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8500 numeral as the label.Why?
8503 \begin_layout Enumerate
8504 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8513 Notice, however, that LyX
8517 reset the counter for the label.
8521 \begin_layout Enumerate
8525 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8531 arg "depth-decrement"
8534 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8535 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8536 into the twofold-nested
8544 \begin_layout Enumerate
8545 The same thing happens if we do another
8548 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8554 arg "depth-decrement"
8557 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8560 \begin_layout Standard
8561 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8566 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8580 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8586 The same rule applies for the
8590 environment, as well.
8593 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8594 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8597 \begin_layout Enumerate
8598 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8599 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8600 same detail with how we did it.
8609 \begin_layout Standard
8617 arg "depth-increment"
8624 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8625 example in parentheses someplace.
8626 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8627 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8628 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8632 \begin_layout Enumerate
8637 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8642 Now we'll add verse.
8643 \begin_inset Newline newline
8646 It will get much worse.
8647 \begin_inset Newline newline
8657 arg "depth-increment"
8668 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8669 \begin_inset Newline newline
8672 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8673 \begin_inset Newline newline
8679 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8692 \begin_layout Standard
8693 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8699 \begin_layout Standard
8701 \begin_inset Tabular
8702 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8703 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8704 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8705 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8794 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8804 arg "depth-increment"
8810 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8820 arg "depth-decrement"
8827 \begin_layout Enumerate
8832 : level #1) This is another item.
8833 Note that selecting a
8837 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8838 3 times to put the table inside the
8846 \begin_layout Quotation
8847 We're now ending the
8851 list and changing to
8856 We're still at level #1.
8857 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8858 The next set of paragraphs is a
8859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8873 \begin_inset space ~
8878 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8882 for the letter body.
8886 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8889 to preserve the depth.
8890 Remember that you need to use
8893 arg "newline-insert newline"
8896 to create multiple lines inside the
8903 \begin_inset space ~
8913 \begin_layout Right Address
8915 \begin_inset Newline newline
8918 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8919 \begin_inset Newline newline
8925 \begin_layout Address
8927 \begin_inset space ~
8933 \begin_layout Quotation
8934 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8935 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8938 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8939 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8940 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8941 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8942 as soon as possible.
8943 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8946 \begin_layout Quotation
8947 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8948 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8949 with your order, along with payment.
8952 \begin_layout Quotation
8953 We thank you again for your patience.
8956 \begin_layout Address
8958 \begin_inset Newline newline
8965 \begin_layout Quotation
8966 That ends that example!
8969 \begin_layout Standard
8970 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8971 just a few keystrokes.
8972 We could have easily nested an
8993 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8996 \begin_layout Section
8997 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8998 \begin_inset Index idx
9001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9010 \begin_layout Standard
9011 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9012 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9013 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9014 be broken at the end of a line.
9015 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9019 \begin_layout Subsection
9021 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9023 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9028 \begin_inset Index idx
9031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9040 \begin_layout Standard
9041 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9043 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
9047 Further documentation is given in section
9048 \begin_inset Newline newline
9052 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9054 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9062 \begin_layout Standard
9063 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9072 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9076 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9078 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9083 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9087 A protected space is set with
9089 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9090 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9094 \begin_inset space ~
9104 arg "space-insert protected"
9110 \begin_layout Subsection
9112 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9114 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9119 \begin_inset Index idx
9122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9123 Spacing ! Horizontal
9131 \begin_layout Standard
9132 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9134 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9135 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9139 The length units are listed in Appendix
9140 \begin_inset space ~
9144 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9146 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9153 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9155 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9157 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
9162 \begin_inset Index idx
9165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9174 \begin_layout Standard
9176 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9180 \begin_inset space \space{}
9183 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9184 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9185 \begin_inset space ~
9189 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9191 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9196 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9197 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9200 arg "space-insert normal"
9206 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9208 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9210 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9215 \begin_inset Index idx
9218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9227 \begin_layout Standard
9229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9236 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9245 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9246 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9247 inside abbreviations:
9252 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9256 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9259 \begin_layout Standard
9260 or between values and units.
9261 Compare for example this:
9262 \begin_inset Newline newline
9266 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9270 \begin_inset Newline newline
9276 \begin_layout Standard
9277 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9279 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9280 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9282 \begin_inset space ~
9290 arg "space-insert thin"
9296 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9298 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9300 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9307 \begin_layout Standard
9308 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9311 \begin_layout Description
9313 \begin_inset space ~
9317 \begin_inset space ~
9321 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9325 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9329 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9332 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9335 \begin_layout Description
9337 \begin_inset space ~
9341 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9345 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9349 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9353 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9357 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9360 em) space between the arrows.
9363 \begin_layout Description
9365 \begin_inset space ~
9369 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9373 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9377 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9381 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9385 \begin_inset space ~
9389 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9392 em) space between the arrows.
9395 \begin_layout Description
9397 \begin_inset space ~
9401 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9405 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9409 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9413 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9417 \begin_inset space ~
9421 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9424 em) space between the arrows.
9427 \begin_layout Description
9429 \begin_inset space ~
9433 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9437 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9442 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9446 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9449 cm space between the arrows.
9452 \begin_layout Standard
9454 \begin_inset space ~
9458 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9460 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9464 lists the different space sizes.
9467 \begin_layout Standard
9468 \begin_inset Float table
9473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9475 \begin_inset Caption
9477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9478 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9480 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9484 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9494 \begin_inset Tabular
9495 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9496 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9497 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9498 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9538 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9562 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9586 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9610 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9625 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9638 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9653 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9666 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9681 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9694 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9715 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9721 \begin_inset Index idx
9724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9733 \begin_layout Standard
9734 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9735 in a uniform fashion.
9736 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9737 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9738 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9739 equally between themselves.
9743 \begin_layout Standard
9744 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9749 This is on the left side
9750 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9753 This is on the right
9759 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9763 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9772 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9776 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9780 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9786 \begin_layout Standard
9787 That was an example in the
9793 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9797 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9801 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9804 is one in a standard paragraph.
9805 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9809 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9812 \begin_layout Standard
9813 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9816 \begin_inset space ~
9821 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9824 \begin_layout Standard
9826 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9830 \begin_inset space ~
9836 \begin_layout Standard
9838 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9842 \begin_inset space ~
9848 \begin_layout Standard
9850 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9854 \begin_inset space ~
9860 \begin_layout Standard
9862 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9866 \begin_inset space ~
9872 \begin_layout Standard
9874 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9878 \begin_inset space ~
9884 \begin_layout Standard
9886 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9890 \begin_inset space ~
9896 \begin_layout Standard
9897 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9905 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9909 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9910 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9911 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9915 option in the space dialog.
9923 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9925 \begin_inset Index idx
9928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9937 \begin_layout Standard
9938 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9940 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9944 \begin_inset space \space{}
9947 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9950 \begin_layout Standard
9951 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9954 What is correct English?:
9955 \begin_inset Newline newline
9959 \begin_inset Newline newline
9963 \begin_inset space ~
9966 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9967 \begin_inset Newline newline
9971 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
9974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9982 \begin_inset Newline newline
9986 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
9989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9997 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10003 \begin_layout Standard
10004 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10005 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10009 \begin_inset space ~
10013 \begin_inset space ~
10017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10021 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10023 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10024 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10028 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10034 \begin_inset space ~
10038 \begin_inset space ~
10042 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10045 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10054 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10055 That is why it is named
10056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10064 The normal phantom ouputs the width and heigth of the content as space,
10065 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10069 \begin_layout Subsection
10071 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10073 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10078 \begin_inset Index idx
10081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10090 \begin_layout Standard
10091 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10093 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10094 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10096 \begin_inset space ~
10102 There you find the following sizes:
10105 \begin_layout Standard
10118 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10123 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10125 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10129 \begin_inset Index idx
10132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10133 Document ! Settings
10138 for the paragraph separation.
10139 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10150 \begin_layout Standard
10156 \begin_inset Index idx
10159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10165 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10166 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10168 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10169 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10178 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10187 s are described in section
10188 \begin_inset space ~
10192 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10194 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10203 If there are several
10207 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10208 You can therefore use
10212 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10215 \begin_layout Standard
10220 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10221 \begin_inset space ~
10225 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10227 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10234 \begin_layout Standard
10235 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10245 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10246 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10258 \begin_layout Subsection
10259 Paragraph Alignment
10262 \begin_layout Standard
10263 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10265 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10269 There are five possibilities:
10272 \begin_layout Itemize
10280 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10286 \begin_layout Itemize
10294 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10300 \begin_layout Itemize
10308 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10314 \begin_layout Itemize
10322 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10328 \begin_layout Itemize
10336 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10342 \begin_layout Standard
10343 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10344 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10345 the left and right margins.
10346 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10349 \begin_layout Standard
10351 This paragraph is right aligned,
10354 \begin_layout Standard
10356 this one is centered,
10359 \begin_layout Standard
10361 this one is left aligned.
10364 \begin_layout Subsection
10366 \begin_inset Index idx
10369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10370 Page breaks ! Forced
10376 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10378 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10385 \begin_layout Standard
10386 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10387 can force a page break where you want one.
10388 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10389 Only if you use a lot of
10393 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10396 \begin_layout Standard
10397 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10398 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10402 have to change the page breaking.
10405 \begin_layout Standard
10406 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10408 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10410 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10411 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10413 \begin_inset space ~
10419 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10421 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10422 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10424 \begin_inset space ~
10429 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10431 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10432 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10435 \begin_layout Standard
10436 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10437 at the top of a page.
10438 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10439 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10440 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10441 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10443 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10445 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10449 to learn more about
10456 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10458 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10460 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10465 \begin_inset Index idx
10468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10469 Page breaks ! Clear
10477 \begin_layout Standard
10478 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10479 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10480 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10481 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10482 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10485 \begin_layout Standard
10486 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10488 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10489 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10491 \begin_inset space ~
10497 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10499 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10500 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10502 \begin_inset space ~
10506 \begin_inset space ~
10511 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10512 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10515 \begin_layout Subsection
10517 \begin_inset Index idx
10520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10527 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10529 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10536 \begin_layout Standard
10537 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10539 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10541 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10542 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10544 \begin_inset space ~
10548 \begin_inset space ~
10556 arg "newline-insert newline"
10560 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10562 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10563 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10565 \begin_inset space ~
10569 \begin_inset space ~
10574 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10576 This is necessary to avoid
10577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10581 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10584 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10587 \begin_layout Standard
10588 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10589 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10590 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10591 set a line break, e.
10592 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10596 \begin_inset space \space{}
10599 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10600 \begin_inset space ~
10604 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10606 reference "sec:Quote"
10611 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10613 reference "sec:Verse"
10618 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10620 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10627 \begin_layout Subsection
10629 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10631 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10636 \begin_inset Index idx
10639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10648 \begin_layout Standard
10650 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10661 \begin_layout Standard
10664 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10665 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10667 \begin_inset space ~
10672 you can insert horizontal lines that span the whole width of the document
10676 \begin_layout Standard
10678 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10689 \begin_layout Standard
10693 \begin_layout Section
10694 Characters and Symbols
10697 \begin_layout Standard
10698 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10699 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10700 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10704 \begin_inset space \space{}
10707 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10709 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10713 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10715 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10719 for information on how this is done.
10722 \begin_layout Standard
10723 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10728 dialog via the menu
10730 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10731 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10737 \begin_layout Standard
10738 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10746 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10747 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10748 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10756 \begin_layout Section
10757 Fonts and Text Styles
10758 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10760 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10767 \begin_layout Subsection
10769 \begin_inset Index idx
10772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10781 \begin_layout Standard
10782 There are two types of fonts:
10785 \begin_layout Description
10787 \begin_inset space ~
10791 \begin_inset Index idx
10794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10800 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
10801 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10805 characters) in the font.
10806 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10807 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10808 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10809 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10810 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10811 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10812 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10813 \begin_inset Newline newline
10816 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10817 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10818 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10819 sizes than at small ones.
10820 \begin_inset Newline newline
10834 \begin_inset space ~
10842 \begin_layout Description
10844 \begin_inset space ~
10848 \begin_inset Index idx
10851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10857 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10858 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10859 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10860 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10861 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10862 picture manipulation program.
10863 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10864 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10865 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10866 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10867 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10869 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10870 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10871 \begin_inset Newline newline
10874 Bitmap fonts are named
10877 \begin_inset space ~
10882 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10885 \begin_layout Standard
10886 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10887 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10888 So one need fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10889 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10890 use scalable fonts.
10893 \begin_layout Standard
10894 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10895 its document properties.
10898 \begin_layout Standard
10899 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10900 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10901 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10902 font to emphasize text, you use an
10903 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10907 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10911 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10912 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10916 \begin_layout Subsection
10917 Document Font and Font size
10918 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10920 name "sub:Document-Font"
10925 \begin_inset Index idx
10928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10935 \begin_inset Index idx
10938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10947 \begin_layout Standard
10948 You can set the document fonts in the
10950 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10954 \begin_inset Index idx
10957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10958 Document ! Settings
10964 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10965 font shapes roman (serif),
10968 \begin_inset space ~
10980 \begin_layout Standard
10981 The possible options for the font include
10985 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10990 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10991 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10999 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11007 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11012 European Computer Modern
11015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11025 \begin_layout Standard
11034 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
11035 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
11039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11040 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
11043 \begin_inset space ~
11048 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
11054 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
11055 There are three ways to use one:
11058 \begin_layout Itemize
11059 One way is to use the
11069 Virtual means that it
11070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11074 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11081 -glyphs from other fonts.
11082 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
11084 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11088 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11104 Loading the LaTeX-package
11109 \begin_inset Index idx
11112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11113 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
11118 with the document preamble line
11119 \begin_inset Newline newline
11126 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
11127 \begin_inset Newline newline
11132 will fix the guillemet problem.
11137 and that accented characters are not
11141 glyph, they are build of
11145 characters, the accent and the letter.
11146 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
11150 fonts for words with accented characters.
11151 If you search for example for the French word
11152 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11159 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
11161 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11168 and not for the glyph
11169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11173 \begin_inset space ~
11177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11183 \begin_layout Itemize
11184 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
11188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11197 , consist of these three main font types
11200 \begin_inset space ~
11229 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11233 \begin_inset space ~
11240 as typewriter font.
11241 \begin_inset Newline newline
11244 The differences between roman,
11247 \begin_inset space ~
11256 fonts are explained in section
11257 \begin_inset space ~
11261 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11263 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11268 \begin_inset Newline newline
11275 was originally designed for newspapers.
11276 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11277 into the small newspaper columns.
11282 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11285 \begin_layout Itemize
11286 The best solution is to use the
11295 These fonts were developed for the LaTeX community to replace
11299 as the default font.
11300 In most cases they look the same as
11308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11309 One difference is improved kerning for the
11322 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
11333 \begin_layout Standard
11334 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11337 For the font size there are four possible values:
11354 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
11357 \begin_layout Standard
11358 The font sizes are the
11363 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11364 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11365 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11368 \begin_inset space ~
11374 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11375 \begin_inset space ~
11379 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11381 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11388 \begin_layout Standard
11393 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11394 a font to display the script characters.
11398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11399 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11404 So this has no effect for the document language
11420 \begin_layout Standard
11421 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11425 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11433 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11437 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11438 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11439 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11441 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11444 dialog, see section
11445 \begin_inset space ~
11449 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11451 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11463 \begin_layout Subsection
11464 Using Different Character Styles
11465 \begin_inset Index idx
11468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11475 \begin_inset Index idx
11478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11487 \begin_layout Standard
11488 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11489 certain paragraph environments.
11490 LyX supports two character styles,
11499 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11503 \begin_layout Standard
11508 style, do one of the following:
11511 \begin_layout Itemize
11512 click on the toolbar button
11513 \begin_inset Graphics
11514 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11521 \begin_layout Itemize
11522 use the key binding
11531 \begin_layout Standard
11532 These commands are all toggles.
11537 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11540 \begin_layout Standard
11541 One typically uses the
11545 style for proper names.
11547 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11554 is the original author of LyX.
11555 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11561 \begin_layout Standard
11562 A more widely used character style is the
11567 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
11574 \begin_layout Itemize
11575 clicking on the toolbar button
11576 \begin_inset Graphics
11577 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11584 \begin_layout Itemize
11585 using the keybindings
11594 \begin_layout Standard
11599 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11600 es use a different font.
11603 \begin_layout Standard
11604 We've been using the
11608 style all over the place in this document.
11609 Here's one more example:
11612 \begin_layout Quotation
11615 Don't overuse character styles!
11618 \begin_layout Standard
11619 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11620 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11621 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11622 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11626 \begin_layout Standard
11627 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11635 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11637 \begin_inset space ~
11645 \begin_layout Subsection
11646 Fine-Tuning with the
11651 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11653 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11658 \begin_inset Index idx
11661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11670 \begin_layout Standard
11671 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11672 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11673 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11674 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11675 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11676 from ordinary dialog.
11679 \begin_layout Standard
11680 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11681 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11682 \begin_inset Newline newline
11685 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11686 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11689 \begin_layout Standard
11690 To use custom character styles, open the
11692 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11694 \begin_inset space ~
11700 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11701 font property which you can choose.
11702 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11705 \begin_inset space ~
11710 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11715 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11716 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11717 environments in a snap.
11720 \begin_layout Standard
11721 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11724 \begin_inset space ~
11736 \begin_layout Labeling
11737 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11751 The possible options are:
11755 \begin_layout Labeling
11756 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11761 This is the Roman font family.
11762 Normally a serif font.
11763 It's also the default family.
11773 \begin_layout Labeling
11774 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11778 \begin_inset space ~
11785 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11797 \begin_layout Labeling
11798 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11805 This is the Typewriter font family.
11811 arg "font-typewriter"
11820 \begin_layout Labeling
11821 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11826 This corresponds to the print weight.
11831 \begin_layout Labeling
11832 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11837 This is the Medium font series.
11838 It's also the default series.
11841 \begin_layout Labeling
11842 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11849 This is the Bold font series.
11862 \begin_layout Labeling
11863 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11868 As the name implies.
11873 \begin_layout Labeling
11874 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11879 This is the Upright font shape.
11880 It's also the default shape.
11883 \begin_layout Labeling
11884 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11898 s the Italic font shape
11904 \begin_layout Labeling
11905 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11912 This is the Slanted font shape
11914 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11917 \begin_layout Labeling
11918 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11922 \begin_inset space ~
11929 This is the Small caps font shape
11936 \begin_layout Labeling
11937 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11942 Alters the size of the font.
11943 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11944 nal to the document font size.
11945 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11946 what you want to do.
11951 \begin_layout Labeling
11952 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11960 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11964 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11973 arg "font-size tiny"
11979 \begin_layout Labeling
11980 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11992 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12001 arg "font-size scriptsize"
12007 \begin_layout Labeling
12008 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12016 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12020 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12029 arg "font-size footnotesize"
12035 \begin_layout Labeling
12036 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12048 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12057 arg "font-size small"
12063 \begin_layout Labeling
12064 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12074 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12078 It's also the default size.
12082 arg "font-size normal"
12088 \begin_layout Labeling
12089 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12097 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12110 arg "font-size large"
12116 \begin_layout Labeling
12117 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12129 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12138 arg "font-size larger"
12144 \begin_layout Labeling
12145 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12166 arg "font-size largest"
12172 \begin_layout Labeling
12173 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12194 arg "font-size huge"
12200 \begin_layout Labeling
12201 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12209 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12213 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12222 arg "font-size giant"
12229 \begin_layout Standard
12234 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12235 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12236 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12237 — use that instead.
12238 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12241 \begin_layout Labeling
12242 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12247 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12252 \begin_layout Labeling
12253 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12260 This is text with emphasize on
12263 This might seem like the same as
12267 , but it is actually a bit different.
12273 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12275 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12278 \begin_layout Labeling
12279 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12286 This is text with Underbar on.
12292 arg "font-underline"
12298 \begin_inset Newline newline
12303 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12304 when you couldn't change fonts.
12305 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12306 It's only included in LyX because some people
12310 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12313 \begin_layout Labeling
12314 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12321 This is text with Noun on.
12328 , this is a logical attribute.
12329 Normally it's equivalent to
12332 \begin_inset space ~
12341 \begin_layout Labeling
12342 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12347 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12348 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12352 \begin_inset space ~
12357 , which is the default
12358 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12362 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12365 and means normally black, you can choose between
12398 \begin_inset Index idx
12401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12410 \begin_layout Labeling
12411 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12416 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12417 the language of the document.
12418 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12422 \begin_layout Standard
12423 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12424 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12426 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12428 \begin_inset space ~
12433 dialog, the settings are saved.
12434 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12435 \begin_inset Graphics
12436 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12441 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12442 when the dialog isn't visible.
12446 \begin_layout Standard
12447 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12454 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12455 (suppose you just set the shape to
12456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12464 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12468 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12474 \begin_inset space ~
12486 \begin_layout Standard
12487 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12495 \begin_inset space ~
12507 \begin_layout Itemize
12513 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12517 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12520 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12529 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12533 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12538 \begin_inset Newline newline
12542 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
12545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12556 \begin_inset Note Note
12559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12560 For more on phantoms see section
12561 \begin_inset space ~
12565 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12567 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12577 \begin_inset Newline newline
12583 \begin_layout Itemize
12588 fonts use characters with serifs.
12589 These are the small
12590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12594 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12597 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
12598 The following example will show the difference:
12599 \begin_inset Newline newline
12603 \begin_inset Newline newline
12608 text without serifs
12611 \begin_inset Newline newline
12614 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12615 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12622 \begin_layout Itemize
12628 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12629 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12632 \begin_layout Standard
12633 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12634 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12637 \begin_layout Section
12638 Printing and Previewing
12641 \begin_layout Subsection
12645 \begin_layout Standard
12646 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12647 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12648 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12649 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12650 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
12652 Additional Features
12657 \begin_layout Standard
12658 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12659 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12660 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12661 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12662 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12663 This happens in two stages:
12666 \begin_layout Enumerate
12667 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12668 generating a file with the extension,
12669 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12683 \begin_layout Enumerate
12684 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12688 file to produce printable output.
12692 \begin_layout Subsection
12693 Output file formats
12694 \begin_inset Index idx
12697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12704 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12706 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12713 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12715 \begin_inset Index idx
12718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12719 File formats ! ASCII
12727 \begin_layout Standard
12728 This file type has the extension
12729 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12741 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12745 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12752 \begin_layout Standard
12753 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12755 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12756 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12762 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12764 \begin_inset Index idx
12767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12768 File formats ! LaTeX
12776 \begin_layout Standard
12777 This file type has the extension
12778 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12786 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12789 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12791 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12792 it manually with console commands.
12793 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12794 you view or export your document.
12797 \begin_layout Standard
12798 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12800 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12801 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12818 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12820 \begin_inset Index idx
12823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12832 \begin_layout Standard
12833 This file type has the extension
12834 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12842 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12847 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12851 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12854 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12855 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12856 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12860 \begin_layout Standard
12861 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
12862 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12863 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12864 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
12866 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12869 \begin_layout Standard
12870 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12872 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12873 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12879 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12881 \begin_inset Index idx
12884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12885 File formats ! PostScript
12893 \begin_layout Standard
12894 This file type has the extension
12895 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12907 PostScript was developed by the company
12911 as a printer language.
12912 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12914 PostScript can be seen as a
12915 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12918 programming language
12919 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12922 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12927 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
12933 \begin_inset Index idx
12936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12937 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12947 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12950 \begin_layout Standard
12951 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12952 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12955 Encapsulated PostScript
12956 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12959 (EPS, file extension
12960 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12968 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12972 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12973 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12975 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12978 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
12979 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12982 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
12983 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12984 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12985 EPS to avoid this problem.
12988 \begin_layout Standard
12989 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12991 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12992 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12998 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13000 \begin_inset Index idx
13003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13010 \begin_inset Index idx
13013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13022 \begin_layout Standard
13023 This file type has the extension
13024 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13032 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13037 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13040 Portable Document Format
13041 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13048 was derived from PostScript.
13049 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
13051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13055 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13058 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13059 looks exactly the same.
13062 \begin_layout Standard
13063 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
13064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13067 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13071 (JPG, file extension
13072 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13080 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13084 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13092 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13096 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13099 Portable Network Graphics
13100 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13103 (PNG, file extension
13104 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13112 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13116 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13117 in the background to one of these formats.
13118 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13119 will slow down your workflow.
13120 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13123 \begin_layout Standard
13124 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13126 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13129 in three different ways:
13132 \begin_layout Description
13133 PDF This uses the program
13137 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13138 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13142 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13143 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13146 \begin_layout Description
13148 \begin_inset space ~
13151 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13155 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13159 \begin_layout Description
13161 \begin_inset space ~
13164 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13168 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13171 \begin_layout Standard
13172 We recommend to use
13175 \begin_inset space ~
13184 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
13185 works without problems.
13190 is no longer under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13193 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13195 \begin_inset Index idx
13198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13199 FileFormats ! XHTML
13205 \begin_inset Index idx
13208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13217 \begin_layout Standard
13218 This file type has the extension
13219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13231 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
13232 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
13233 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
13234 suitable for the purpose.
13235 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
13236 it, but not all do.
13239 \begin_layout Standard
13240 XHTML output remains
13241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13248 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
13250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13253 LyX and the World Wide Web
13254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13259 Additional Features
13261 manual, for more information.
13264 \begin_layout Standard
13265 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
13267 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13268 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13274 \begin_layout Subsection
13276 \begin_inset Index idx
13279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13288 \begin_layout Standard
13289 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13290 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13294 and choose a file type.
13295 A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
13298 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13301 you can use the toolbar button
13302 \begin_inset Graphics
13303 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13310 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13315 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13317 \begin_inset space ~
13323 \begin_inset Graphics
13324 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13330 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13334 \begin_inset Graphics
13335 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13342 arg "buffer-view ps"
13348 \begin_layout Standard
13349 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13350 viewer window using the menu
13352 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13358 \begin_layout Standard
13359 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13361 To have a real output, export your document.
13364 \begin_layout Subsection
13365 Printing the File from within LyX
13366 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13368 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13375 \begin_layout Standard
13376 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
13377 it directly from within LyX.
13378 To print a file, select the menu
13380 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13383 or click on the toolbar button
13384 \begin_inset Graphics
13385 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13390 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13391 This file is then processed by the program
13395 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13400 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13403 \begin_layout Standard
13404 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
13405 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13406 printing one set to print on the other side.
13407 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13408 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13409 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13412 \begin_layout Standard
13413 You can set the parameters in the
13416 \begin_inset space ~
13424 \begin_layout Labeling
13425 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13430 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13435 Note that this printer name is for the program
13444 has to be configured for this printer name.
13445 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13446 \begin_inset space ~
13450 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13452 reference "sub:Printer"
13461 The printer should understand PostScript.
13464 \begin_layout Labeling
13465 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13470 The name of a file to print to.
13471 The output will be a PostScript file.
13472 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13476 \begin_layout Section
13477 A few Words about Typography
13478 \begin_inset Index idx
13481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13490 \begin_layout Subsection
13492 \begin_inset Index idx
13495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13504 \begin_layout Standard
13506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13517 character comes in four lengths: the
13529 , and the minus sign:
13530 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13536 \begin_layout Standard
13537 \begin_inset Tabular
13538 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
13539 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
13540 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13541 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13542 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13543 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13572 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13595 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13603 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13612 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13637 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13639 \begin_inset space ~
13642 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13649 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13674 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13676 \begin_inset space ~
13679 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13700 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13720 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13734 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13740 \begin_layout Standard
13741 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
13742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13753 character multiple times in a row.
13754 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
13755 the final output, but not in LyX.
13757 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13761 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13769 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13773 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13777 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13781 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13787 \begin_layout Standard
13788 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13789 math mode and has a length of its own.
13790 Here are some examples of the
13791 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13799 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13805 \begin_layout Enumerate
13806 line- and page-breaks
13807 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13817 \begin_layout Enumerate
13819 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13829 \begin_layout Enumerate
13830 Oh — there's a dash.
13831 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13841 \begin_layout Enumerate
13842 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13846 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13856 \begin_layout Subsection
13858 \begin_inset Index idx
13861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13868 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13870 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13877 \begin_layout Standard
13878 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13879 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13884 \begin_inset Index idx
13887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13888 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13893 following the rules of the document language
13897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13898 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13906 \begin_inset space ~
13910 \begin_inset space ~
13917 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13928 \begin_layout Standard
13929 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
13934 font and with unusual constructs, like
13935 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13939 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13943 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13944 This is done with the menu
13946 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13947 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13949 \begin_inset space ~
13955 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13956 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13959 \begin_layout Standard
13960 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13961 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
13963 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13967 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13971 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
13972 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13976 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13979 as hyphenation possibility.
13980 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13981 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into the
13982 argument of the LaTeX-box-command
13988 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13989 As LyX doesn't support
13995 , you have to use TeX Code.
13996 The result looks in LyX like:
13999 \begin_layout Standard
14000 \begin_inset Graphics
14001 filename clipart/mbox.png
14008 \begin_layout Standard
14009 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
14010 \begin_inset space ~
14014 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14016 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14023 \begin_layout Subsection
14025 \begin_inset Index idx
14028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14037 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14038 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
14039 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14041 name "sub:Abbreviations"
14048 \begin_layout Standard
14049 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
14050 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
14051 LaTeX then adds the
14052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14055 appropriate amount of space
14056 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14060 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
14062 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
14065 \begin_layout Standard
14066 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
14067 not work in all cases.
14069 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14077 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14080 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
14081 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
14084 \begin_layout Standard
14085 Here are some examples of
14089 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
14092 \begin_layout Itemize
14097 \begin_layout Itemize
14102 \begin_layout Standard
14103 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
14106 \begin_layout Itemize
14108 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14112 this is too much space!
14115 \begin_layout Itemize
14120 \begin_layout Standard
14121 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
14124 \begin_layout Standard
14125 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
14128 \begin_layout Enumerate
14132 \begin_inset space ~
14137 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
14138 \begin_inset space ~
14142 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14144 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
14149 \begin_inset Index idx
14152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14153 Spaces ! inter-word
14161 \begin_layout Enumerate
14165 \begin_inset space ~
14170 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
14171 \begin_inset space ~
14175 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14177 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
14182 \begin_inset Index idx
14185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14194 \begin_layout Enumerate
14198 \begin_inset space ~
14202 \begin_inset space ~
14206 \begin_inset space ~
14213 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14215 \begin_inset space ~
14220 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14221 This function is also bound to
14224 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
14230 \begin_layout Standard
14231 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14234 \begin_layout Itemize
14236 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14240 \begin_inset space \space{}
14243 this is too much space!
14246 \begin_layout Itemize
14247 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14251 \begin_layout Standard
14252 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14253 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
14254 will take care of this.
14257 \begin_layout Standard
14258 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14262 \begin_inset space ~
14267 feature described in section
14273 Additional Features
14278 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14280 \begin_inset Index idx
14283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14284 Typography ! Quotes
14290 \begin_inset Index idx
14293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14324 \begin_layout Standard
14325 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14326 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14327 and use a closing quote at the end.
14329 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14333 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14337 The keyboard character,
14341 , generates this automatically.
14344 \begin_layout Standard
14345 You can change the behavior of the
14349 key using the submenu
14355 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14359 \begin_inset Index idx
14362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14363 Document ! Settings
14371 \begin_layout Standard
14372 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14377 There are six choices:
14380 \begin_layout Labeling
14381 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14384 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14388 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14393 Use quotes like this
14394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14402 \begin_inset Quotes els
14406 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14412 \begin_layout Labeling
14413 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14416 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14420 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14426 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14430 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14434 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14440 \begin_layout Labeling
14441 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14444 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14448 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14454 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14458 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14462 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14466 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14472 \begin_layout Labeling
14473 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14476 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14480 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14486 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14490 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14494 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14498 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14504 \begin_layout Labeling
14505 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14508 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14512 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14518 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14522 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14526 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14530 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14536 \begin_layout Labeling
14537 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14540 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14544 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14550 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14554 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14558 \begin_inset Quotes als
14562 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14568 \begin_layout Standard
14569 These settings affect what character the
14576 \begin_layout Subsection
14578 \begin_inset Index idx
14581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14582 Typography ! Ligatures
14588 \begin_inset Index idx
14591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14620 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14622 name "sub:Ligatures"
14629 \begin_layout Standard
14630 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14631 print them as single characters.
14632 These groups are known as
14637 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14639 Here are the standard ligatures:
14642 \begin_layout Itemize
14646 \begin_layout Itemize
14650 \begin_layout Itemize
14654 \begin_layout Itemize
14658 \begin_layout Itemize
14662 \begin_layout Standard
14663 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14666 \begin_layout Standard
14667 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14668 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14669 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14673 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14676 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14677 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14681 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14692 To break a ligature, use
14694 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14695 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14697 \begin_inset space ~
14704 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14715 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14717 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14721 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14725 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14729 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14732 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14734 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14740 \begin_layout Subsection
14742 \begin_inset Index idx
14745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14752 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14754 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14761 \begin_layout Standard
14762 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
14763 characters in different sizes and heights.
14764 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14765 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
14766 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14781 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14785 \begin_inset Note Note
14788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14789 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14790 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14794 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14797 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14798 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14803 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14807 \begin_layout Description
14808 LyX The name of the game, write
14809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14824 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14830 \begin_layout Description
14831 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14832 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14853 \begin_layout Description
14854 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14855 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14876 \begin_layout Description
14877 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14878 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14893 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14899 \begin_layout Standard
14900 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14905 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14913 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14914 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14915 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14918 : The actual version is
14919 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14923 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14926 , the previous one was
14927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14937 \begin_layout Standard
14938 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
14939 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14943 \begin_inset space \space{}
14946 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14948 This will look in LyX like:
14949 \begin_inset Graphics
14950 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14956 \begin_inset Newline newline
14959 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14960 \begin_inset space ~
14964 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14966 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14973 \begin_layout Subsection
14975 \begin_inset Index idx
14978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14987 \begin_layout Standard
14988 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14989 space between two words.
14990 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14993 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14997 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15000 for units use the menu
15002 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15003 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15005 \begin_inset space ~
15013 arg "space-insert thin"
15019 \begin_layout Standard
15020 Here's an example to show the differences:
15023 \begin_layout Standard
15024 \begin_inset Tabular
15025 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
15026 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15027 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15028 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15035 \begin_inset space ~
15039 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15051 space between number and unit
15058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15063 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15067 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15079 half space between number and unit
15092 \begin_layout Subsection
15094 \begin_inset Index idx
15097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15098 Typography ! Widows and orphans
15106 \begin_layout Standard
15107 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
15109 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
15110 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
15111 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
15112 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
15113 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
15114 These bits of text became known as
15125 \begin_layout Standard
15126 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
15127 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
15128 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
15129 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
15130 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
15131 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
15132 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
15135 \begin_layout Standard
15136 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
15137 or how you can tweak that behavior.
15138 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
15139 \begin_inset space ~
15143 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15145 key "latexcompanion"
15150 \begin_inset space ~
15154 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15160 ] may have more information.
15161 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
15164 \begin_layout Chapter
15165 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
15166 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15168 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
15175 \begin_layout Standard
15176 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
15181 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
15184 \begin_layout Section
15186 \begin_inset Index idx
15189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15196 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15205 \begin_layout Standard
15206 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15209 \begin_layout Description
15211 \begin_inset space ~
15214 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15215 \begin_inset Newline newline
15219 \begin_inset Note Note
15222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15223 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15231 \begin_layout Description
15232 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15233 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15235 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15236 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15237 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15240 \begin_inset Newline newline
15244 \begin_inset Note Comment
15247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15248 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15256 \begin_layout Description
15258 \begin_inset space ~
15261 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15262 \begin_inset Newline newline
15266 \begin_inset Newline newline
15270 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15279 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15280 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15281 How this can be done is explained in the
15290 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15296 \begin_inset Newline newline
15300 \begin_inset Newline newline
15303 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15304 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15307 \begin_layout Standard
15308 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15309 \begin_inset Graphics
15310 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15312 scaleBeforeRotation
15318 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15322 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15325 \begin_layout Section
15327 \begin_inset Index idx
15330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15337 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15339 name "sec:Footnotes"
15346 \begin_layout Standard
15347 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15350 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15353 or the toolbar button
15354 \begin_inset Graphics
15355 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15368 \begin_inset Graphics
15369 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15378 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15396 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15407 label, the box will
15411 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15412 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15425 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15441 \begin_layout Standard
15442 Here's an example footnote:
15450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15451 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15459 \begin_layout Standard
15460 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15461 position where the footnote box is placed.
15462 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15463 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15464 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15465 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15466 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15471 ey are described in the
15478 \begin_layout Section
15480 \begin_inset Index idx
15483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15490 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15492 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15499 \begin_layout Standard
15500 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15501 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15503 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15505 \begin_inset space ~
15510 or the toolbar button
15511 \begin_inset Graphics
15512 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15532 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15536 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15539 appearing within your text.
15540 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15549 \begin_layout Standard
15550 At the side is an example marginal note.
15554 \begin_inset Marginal
15557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15558 This is a marginal note.
15566 \begin_layout Standard
15567 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15568 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
15569 pages, right on odd pages.
15572 \begin_layout Section
15573 Graphics and Images
15574 \begin_inset Index idx
15577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15584 \begin_inset Index idx
15587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15594 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15596 name "sec:Graphics"
15603 \begin_layout Standard
15604 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15605 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15606 \begin_inset Graphics
15607 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15613 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15617 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15620 \begin_layout Standard
15621 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15626 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15627 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15629 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15630 \begin_inset space ~
15634 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15636 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15643 \begin_layout Standard
15648 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15649 of the image in the output.
15650 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15654 \begin_inset space ~
15658 \begin_inset space ~
15667 \begin_inset space ~
15671 \begin_inset space ~
15675 \begin_inset space ~
15680 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15681 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15689 \begin_layout Standard
15692 LaTeX and LyX options
15694 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15695 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15699 \begin_inset space ~
15704 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15705 with the image size is printed.
15709 \begin_inset space ~
15713 \begin_inset space ~
15717 \begin_inset space ~
15722 is explained in the
15733 \begin_layout Standard
15734 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15735 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15737 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15741 \begin_layout Standard
15743 \begin_inset Graphics
15744 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15746 rotateOrigin center
15753 \begin_layout Standard
15754 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15755 the image into a float, see section
15756 \begin_inset space ~
15760 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15762 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15769 \begin_layout Subsection
15771 \begin_inset Index idx
15774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15781 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15783 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15790 \begin_layout Standard
15791 You can insert images in any known file format.
15792 But as we explained in section
15793 \begin_inset space ~
15797 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15799 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15803 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15804 LyX uses therefore the program
15808 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15809 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15810 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15811 \begin_inset space ~
15815 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15817 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15824 \begin_layout Standard
15825 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15828 \begin_layout Description
15830 \begin_inset space ~
15833 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15834 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
15835 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15836 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15839 Graphics Interchange Format
15840 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15843 (GIF, file extension
15844 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15856 \begin_inset Index idx
15859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15891 Portable Network Graphics
15892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15895 (PNG, file extension
15896 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15904 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15908 \begin_inset Index idx
15911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15940 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15943 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15944 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15947 (JPG, file extension
15948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15956 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15960 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15968 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15972 \begin_inset Index idx
15975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16006 \begin_layout Description
16008 \begin_inset space ~
16011 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
16013 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
16014 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
16015 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
16016 \begin_inset Newline newline
16019 Scalable image formats can be
16020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16023 Scalable Vector Graphics
16024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16027 (SVG, file extension
16028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16036 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16040 \begin_inset Index idx
16043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16072 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16075 Encapsulated PostScript
16076 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16079 (EPS, file extension
16080 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16088 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16092 \begin_inset Index idx
16095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16124 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16127 Portable Document Format
16128 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16131 (PDF, file extension
16132 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16144 \begin_inset Index idx
16147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16154 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
16155 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
16156 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
16161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16162 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
16170 \begin_layout Standard
16171 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
16175 \begin_layout Subsection
16176 Grouping of Image Settings
16177 \begin_inset Index idx
16180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16181 Images ! Settings grouping
16189 \begin_layout Standard
16190 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
16192 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
16193 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
16195 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
16196 need to manually change each of them.
16200 \begin_layout Standard
16201 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
16204 \begin_inset space ~
16209 field in the Graphics dialog.
16210 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
16211 by checking the name of the desired group.
16214 \begin_layout Section
16216 \begin_inset Index idx
16219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16226 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16235 \begin_layout Standard
16236 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16237 \begin_inset Graphics
16238 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16245 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16249 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16250 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16251 from the rest of the table.
16252 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16253 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16255 Here's an example table:
16258 \begin_layout Standard
16260 \begin_inset Tabular
16261 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16262 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16263 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16264 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16265 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16266 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16466 \begin_layout Subsection
16470 \begin_layout Standard
16471 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16472 brings up the table dialog.
16473 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16474 where the cursor is placed currently.
16475 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16476 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16477 done on all of your selection.
16480 \begin_layout Standard
16481 Additionally to the table dialog, the
16484 \begin_inset space ~
16489 helps you in setting table properties.
16490 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
16493 \begin_layout Standard
16497 \begin_inset space ~
16502 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16503 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16504 current cell respectively.
16505 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16507 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16508 of text, see section
16509 \begin_inset space ~
16513 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16515 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16522 \begin_layout Standard
16523 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16529 This will merge the cells to
16533 cell, spread over more than one column.
16534 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16535 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16536 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16537 in the last row without the upper border:
16540 \begin_layout Standard
16542 \begin_inset Tabular
16543 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16544 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
16545 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16546 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16547 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16548 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16559 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16568 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16644 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16679 \begin_layout Standard
16680 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16681 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16682 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16683 explained in the tables section of the
16686 \begin_inset space ~
16692 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16693 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16696 degrees counterclockwise.
16697 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16700 \begin_layout Standard
16701 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16709 Most DVI-viewers are
16713 able to display rotations.
16721 \begin_layout Standard
16726 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16731 adds lines for all cell borders.
16734 \begin_layout Subsection
16736 \begin_inset Index idx
16739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16740 Tables ! Longtables
16746 \begin_inset Index idx
16749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16758 \begin_layout Standard
16759 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16762 \begin_inset space ~
16766 \begin_inset space ~
16775 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16776 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16779 \begin_layout Description
16784 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16785 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16786 except for the first page, if
16789 \begin_inset space ~
16797 \begin_layout Description
16801 \begin_inset space ~
16806 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16807 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16810 \begin_layout Description
16815 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16816 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16817 except for the last page, if
16820 \begin_inset space ~
16828 \begin_layout Description
16832 \begin_inset space ~
16837 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16838 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16841 \begin_layout Description
16842 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16843 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16845 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16849 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16852 \begin_inset space ~
16860 \begin_layout Standard
16861 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16862 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16863 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16864 The others will then be defined as
16869 In this context, first means first in this order:
16872 \begin_inset space ~
16884 \begin_inset space ~
16890 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16893 \begin_layout Standard
16895 \begin_inset Tabular
16896 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16897 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
16898 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16899 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16900 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16901 <row endfirsthead="true">
16902 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16908 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16913 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16922 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16932 <row endfirsthead="true">
16933 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16944 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16953 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16965 <row endhead="true">
16966 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16977 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16986 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16996 <row endhead="true">
16997 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17008 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17017 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17029 <row endfoot="true">
17030 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17041 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17050 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17081 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18022 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18031 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18040 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18051 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18082 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18113 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18144 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18175 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18206 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18237 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18268 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18299 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18330 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18361 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18392 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18423 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18454 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18485 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18516 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18547 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18578 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18609 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18640 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18671 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18702 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18733 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18764 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18795 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18826 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18857 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18888 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18919 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18950 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18981 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19011 <row endlastfoot="true">
19012 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19023 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19032 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19049 \begin_layout Subsection
19051 \begin_inset Index idx
19054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19061 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19063 name "sub:Table-Cells"
19070 \begin_layout Standard
19071 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
19072 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
19073 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
19074 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
19078 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
19079 for the cell's paragraph.
19082 \begin_layout Standard
19083 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
19084 for the column in the table dialog.
19085 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
19086 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
19090 \begin_layout Standard
19092 \begin_inset Tabular
19093 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
19094 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19095 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19096 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
19097 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19117 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19186 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19242 This is longer now.
19247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19298 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19299 This is longer now.
19304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19330 \begin_layout Standard
19331 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19332 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19337 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19338 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19344 Selection with the mouse or with
19348 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19349 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19350 the selection from outside the table.
19353 \begin_layout Section
19355 \begin_inset Index idx
19358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19365 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19374 \begin_layout Standard
19375 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19376 have a fixed location.
19378 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19382 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19385 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19393 \begin_inset space ~
19398 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19399 too many notes on the page.
19402 \begin_layout Standard
19403 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
19404 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
19405 and pages without text.
19406 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19407 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19408 Floats are therefore numbered.
19409 Referencing is described in section
19410 \begin_inset space ~
19414 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19416 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19423 \begin_layout Standard
19424 To insert a float, use the menu
19426 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19430 A box with a caption that has e.
19431 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19435 \begin_inset space \space{}
19439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19443 \begin_inset space ~
19447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19450 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19451 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19453 After the label you can insert the caption text.
19454 \begin_inset Index idx
19457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19463 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19464 paragraph within the float.
19465 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19466 by left-clicking on the box label.
19467 A closed float box looks like this:
19468 \begin_inset Graphics
19469 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19474 – a gray button with a red label.
19477 \begin_layout Standard
19478 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19479 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19482 \begin_layout Subsection
19486 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19488 \begin_inset Index idx
19491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19492 Floats ! Figure floats
19498 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19500 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19507 \begin_layout Standard
19510 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19511 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19514 inserts a float with the label
19515 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19521 \begin_inset space ~
19527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19531 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19532 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19533 This is what we did for Figure
19534 \begin_inset space ~
19538 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19540 reference "cap:Platypus"
19545 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19546 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19547 This was done in Figure
19548 \begin_inset space ~
19552 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19554 reference "cap:Escher"
19561 \begin_layout Standard
19562 \begin_inset Float figure
19567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19569 \begin_inset Graphics
19570 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19572 rotateOrigin center
19579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19580 \begin_inset Caption
19582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19583 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19585 name "cap:Platypus"
19589 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19602 \begin_layout Standard
19603 \begin_inset Float figure
19608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19609 \begin_inset Caption
19611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19612 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19629 \begin_inset Graphics
19630 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19632 rotateOrigin center
19644 \begin_layout Standard
19645 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19647 As described in section
19648 \begin_inset space ~
19652 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19654 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19658 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19660 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19663 and refer to it using the menu
19665 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19669 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19671 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19675 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19678 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19680 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19684 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19690 \begin_layout Standard
19691 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
19692 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19693 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19694 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19696 \begin_inset space ~
19700 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19702 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19706 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19707 You can also set the images one below the other.
19709 \begin_inset space ~
19713 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19715 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19720 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19722 reference "fig:Platypus"
19726 are the subfigures.
19729 \begin_layout Standard
19730 \begin_inset Float figure
19735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19736 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19740 \begin_inset Float figure
19745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19746 \begin_inset Caption
19748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19749 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19751 name "fig:Undefinable"
19763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19764 \begin_inset Graphics
19765 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19776 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19780 \begin_inset Float figure
19785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19786 \begin_inset Caption
19788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19789 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19791 name "fig:Platypus"
19803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19804 \begin_inset Graphics
19805 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19817 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19824 \begin_inset Caption
19826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19827 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19829 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19833 Two distorted images.
19846 \begin_layout Standard
19847 Note that the caption is added to the
19850 \begin_inset space ~
19854 \begin_inset space ~
19859 as described in section
19860 \begin_inset space ~
19864 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19866 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19873 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19875 \begin_inset Index idx
19878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19879 Floats ! Table floats
19887 \begin_layout Standard
19888 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19890 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19891 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19895 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
19898 \begin_inset space ~
19902 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19904 reference "cap:Table-float"
19908 is an example of a table float.
19911 \begin_layout Standard
19912 \begin_inset Float table
19917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19918 \begin_inset Caption
19920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19921 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19923 name "cap:Table-float"
19935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19937 \begin_inset Tabular
19938 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19939 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19940 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19941 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19942 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20069 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
20077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20090 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20093 \end{array}\right]$
20101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20114 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
20135 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20137 \begin_inset Index idx
20140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20141 Floats ! Algorithm floats
20149 \begin_layout Standard
20150 This float type is inserted with the menu
20152 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20153 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20157 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
20158 A possible environment for algorithms is the
20162 , described in section
20163 \begin_inset space ~
20167 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20169 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
20176 \begin_layout Standard
20177 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20185 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
20191 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
20194 \begin_layout Standard
20199 floatname{algorithm}{your
20200 \begin_inset space ~
20206 \begin_layout Standard
20207 to the document preamble (menu
20209 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20216 \begin_inset space ~
20222 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20230 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20236 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20238 \begin_inset Index idx
20241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20242 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20250 \begin_layout Standard
20251 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20259 \begin_inset Graphics
20260 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20262 rotateOrigin center
20269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20270 \begin_inset Caption
20272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20273 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20275 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20279 This is a wrapped figure.
20280 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20293 This float type is used if you want to
20294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20301 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20303 It can be inserted using the menu
20305 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20306 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20308 \begin_inset space ~
20313 if the LaTeX-package
20318 \begin_inset Index idx
20321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20322 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20332 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20335 \begin_inset space ~
20345 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20348 \begin_inset space ~
20352 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20354 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20358 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20359 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20367 Available units are explained in Appendix
20368 \begin_inset space ~
20372 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20374 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20383 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20387 \begin_layout Standard
20388 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20396 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20397 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20401 \begin_inset space \space{}
20404 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
20405 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
20414 \begin_layout Itemize
20415 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20416 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
20417 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
20418 page breaks will appear.
20421 \begin_layout Itemize
20422 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
20423 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
20426 \begin_layout Itemize
20427 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
20428 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20431 \begin_layout Itemize
20432 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20435 \begin_layout Subsection
20437 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20439 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20444 \begin_inset Index idx
20447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20456 \begin_layout Standard
20457 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20458 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20462 \begin_inset space ~
20470 \begin_layout Standard
20471 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
20472 have a multicolumn document).
20473 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20476 \begin_inset space ~
20482 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20483 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20490 \begin_layout Standard
20491 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
20492 format is also the same: Table
20493 \begin_inset space ~
20497 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20499 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20503 is an example of a rotated table float.
20506 \begin_layout Standard
20507 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20515 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20523 \begin_layout Standard
20524 \begin_inset Float table
20529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20530 \begin_inset Caption
20532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20533 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20535 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20549 \begin_inset Tabular
20550 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20551 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20552 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20553 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20554 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20555 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20556 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20616 \begin_layout Subsection
20618 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20620 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20625 \begin_inset Index idx
20628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20637 \begin_layout Standard
20638 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20639 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20640 \begin_inset Newline newline
20646 \begin_inset space ~
20651 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20652 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
20653 \begin_inset Newline newline
20659 \begin_inset space ~
20664 is used to rotate floats, see section
20665 \begin_inset space ~
20669 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20671 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20678 \begin_layout Standard
20679 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20680 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20683 \begin_inset space ~
20687 \begin_inset space ~
20695 \begin_layout Description
20697 \begin_inset space ~
20701 \begin_inset space ~
20704 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
20707 \begin_layout Description
20709 \begin_inset space ~
20713 \begin_inset space ~
20716 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
20719 \begin_layout Description
20721 \begin_inset space ~
20725 \begin_inset space ~
20728 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
20731 \begin_layout Description
20733 \begin_inset space ~
20737 \begin_inset space ~
20740 floats: try to place the float at an own page
20743 \begin_layout Standard
20744 The order of the above option is
20749 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20753 \begin_inset space ~
20757 \begin_inset space ~
20765 \begin_inset space ~
20769 \begin_inset space ~
20774 , and then the others.
20775 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20777 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20778 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20781 \begin_layout Standard
20782 By default, each option has its own rules:
20785 \begin_layout Standard
20789 \begin_inset space ~
20793 \begin_inset space ~
20798 only floats occupying less than 70
20799 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20802 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20805 \begin_layout Standard
20809 \begin_inset space ~
20813 \begin_inset space ~
20818 : only floats occupying less than 30
20819 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20822 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20825 \begin_layout Standard
20829 \begin_inset space ~
20833 \begin_inset space ~
20838 : only if more than 50
20839 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20842 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20846 \begin_layout Standard
20847 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20851 \begin_inset space ~
20855 \begin_inset space ~
20863 \begin_layout Standard
20864 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20865 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20866 For this case you can use the option
20869 \begin_inset space ~
20875 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20877 Because the float is then no longer able to
20878 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20882 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20885 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
20888 \begin_layout Standard
20889 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20890 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20893 \begin_layout Standard
20894 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20896 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20898 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20905 \begin_layout Section
20907 \begin_inset Index idx
20910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20917 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20919 name "sec:Minipages"
20926 \begin_layout Standard
20927 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20929 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20930 \begin_inset space ~
20937 \begin_layout Standard
20938 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20940 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20944 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20945 and its alignment within the page.
20948 \begin_layout Standard
20950 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20960 height_special "totalheight"
20963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20966 This is a minipage.
20967 The text is set in an italic style.
20970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20973 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20974 another formatting.
20982 \begin_layout Standard
20983 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20986 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20990 as described in section
20991 \begin_inset space ~
20995 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20997 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21002 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21008 \begin_layout Standard
21009 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21019 height_special "totalheight"
21022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21023 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21024 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21030 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21034 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21044 height_special "totalheight"
21047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21048 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21049 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21057 \begin_layout Standard
21058 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21064 \begin_layout Standard
21065 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
21066 to other box types.
21067 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
21078 \begin_layout Chapter
21079 Mathematical Formulas
21080 \begin_inset Index idx
21083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21090 \begin_inset Index idx
21093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21122 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21124 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
21131 \begin_layout Standard
21132 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
21137 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
21140 \begin_layout Section
21142 \begin_inset Index idx
21145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21154 \begin_layout Standard
21155 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
21156 \begin_inset Graphics
21157 filename ../images/math-mode.png
21162 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
21164 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
21165 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
21166 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
21168 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21174 \begin_layout Standard
21175 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
21179 \begin_inset space ~
21184 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
21187 \begin_layout Standard
21188 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
21189 line, like this one:
21192 \begin_layout Standard
21193 This is a line with an inline formula
21194 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
21200 \begin_layout Standard
21201 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as if they were in an own
21202 paragraph, like this one:
21203 \begin_inset Formula \[
21208 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21211 \begin_layout Standard
21212 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21214 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21218 \begin_inset space \space{}
21222 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21235 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21236 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21240 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21243 \begin_inset space ~
21251 \begin_layout Subsection
21252 Navigating in Formulas
21253 \begin_inset Index idx
21256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21265 \begin_layout Standard
21266 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21267 achieved with the arrow keys.
21268 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21269 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21274 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21275 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21279 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21283 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21286 \end{array}\right]$
21294 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21299 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21300 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21303 \begin_layout Standard
21308 , printed in this document as
21309 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21330 \begin_inset Note Note
21333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21334 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21335 space character (visible space).
21340 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21341 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21342 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21347 For example, if you want
21348 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21402 , since in the latter case only the
21405 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21410 will be under the square root sign:
21411 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21417 \begin_layout Standard
21418 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21420 \begin_inset Formula \[
21421 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21425 \end{array}\right)\]
21429 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21430 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21433 \begin_layout Subsection
21437 \begin_layout Standard
21438 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21439 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21443 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21444 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21445 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21446 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21447 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21450 \begin_layout Subsection
21451 Exponents and Subscripts
21452 \begin_inset Index idx
21455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21462 \begin_inset Index idx
21465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21474 \begin_layout Standard
21475 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21476 way is to use a command.
21478 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21481 , type in a formula
21487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21503 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21509 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21513 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21534 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21536 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21540 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21543 , you have to use an extra
21547 to separate the hat and the character.
21549 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21553 \begin_inset space \space{}
21557 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21578 Subscripts are similar: To get
21579 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21602 \begin_layout Subsection
21604 \begin_inset Index idx
21607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21616 \begin_layout Standard
21617 Create a fraction with either the command
21624 \begin_inset Graphics
21625 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21633 \begin_inset space ~
21639 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21640 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21641 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21646 To move back up, press
21651 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21652 \begin_inset Formula \[
21653 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21656 \end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21663 \begin_layout Subsection
21665 \begin_inset Index idx
21668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21677 \begin_layout Standard
21678 Roots can be created using the
21681 \begin_inset space ~
21687 \begin_inset Graphics
21688 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21711 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21717 produces always a square root.
21720 \begin_layout Subsection
21721 Operators with Limits
21722 \begin_inset Index idx
21725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21732 \begin_inset Index idx
21735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21742 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21744 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21751 \begin_layout Standard
21753 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21757 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21760 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21761 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21762 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21763 The sum operator will automatically place its
21764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21771 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21774 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21778 \begin_inset Formula \[
21779 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21783 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21787 \begin_layout Standard
21788 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21790 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21791 behind the operator and hitting
21799 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21800 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21802 \begin_inset space ~
21806 \begin_inset space ~
21814 \begin_layout Standard
21815 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21823 feature as addition, such as
21824 \begin_inset Index idx
21827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21834 \begin_inset Formula \[
21835 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21839 which will place the
21840 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21844 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21848 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21852 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21853 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21859 \begin_layout Standard
21860 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21867 Have a look at section
21868 \begin_inset space ~
21872 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21874 reference "sub:Functions"
21878 for an explanation of function macros.
21881 \begin_layout Subsection
21883 \begin_inset Index idx
21886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21895 \begin_layout Standard
21896 Most math symbols can be found in the
21899 \begin_inset space ~
21904 under one of several categories; including
21921 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21925 \begin_layout Standard
21926 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21927 you don't have to use the
21930 \begin_inset space ~
21935 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21936 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21939 \begin_layout Subsection
21941 \begin_inset Index idx
21944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21953 \begin_layout Standard
21954 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
21959 arg "space-insert protected"
21965 \begin_inset space ~
21971 \begin_inset Graphics
21972 filename ../images/math/space.png
21977 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21978 For example, the sequence
21983 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21987 \begin_inset Graphics
21988 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21993 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21994 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21995 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21996 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
21998 Here are two examples:
22001 \begin_layout Standard
22011 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
22017 \begin_layout Standard
22027 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
22033 \begin_layout Subsection
22035 \begin_inset Index idx
22038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22045 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22047 name "sub:Functions"
22054 \begin_layout Standard
22058 \begin_inset space ~
22063 contains under the button
22064 \begin_inset Graphics
22065 filename ../images/math/functions.png
22069 a number of function macros, such as
22070 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
22074 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
22082 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
22089 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
22090 avoid confusions, because
22091 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
22095 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
22101 \begin_layout Standard
22102 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
22104 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
22108 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
22114 \begin_layout Standard
22115 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
22116 s are placed, as described in section
22117 \begin_inset space ~
22121 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22123 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22130 \begin_layout Subsection
22132 \begin_inset Index idx
22135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22144 \begin_layout Standard
22145 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
22147 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
22148 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
22149 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22153 \begin_inset space \space{}
22157 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22160 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
22161 Our example is entered by typing
22169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22182 \begin_inset space ~
22186 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22188 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
22192 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
22195 \begin_layout Standard
22196 \begin_inset Float table
22201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22202 \begin_inset Caption
22204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22205 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22207 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
22211 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22221 \begin_inset Tabular
22222 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22223 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
22224 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22225 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22226 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22310 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22364 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22418 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22472 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22526 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22580 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22634 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22688 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22742 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22787 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22808 \begin_layout Standard
22809 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22812 \begin_inset space ~
22818 \begin_inset Graphics
22819 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22823 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22827 \begin_layout Section
22828 Brackets and Delimiters
22829 \begin_inset Index idx
22832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22839 \begin_inset Index idx
22842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22849 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22851 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22858 \begin_layout Standard
22859 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22860 For most purposes, using just the keys
22865 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22866 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
22867 toolbar delimiter icon
22868 \begin_inset Graphics
22869 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22874 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22876 \begin_inset Formula \[
22877 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22880 \end{array}\right]\]
22884 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22885 \begin_inset Formula \[
22886 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22893 \begin_layout Standard
22894 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22895 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22898 \begin_layout Standard
22899 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22900 left side and right side.
22901 If you use the option
22904 \begin_inset space ~
22909 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22910 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22911 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22912 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22915 \begin_layout Standard
22916 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22917 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22918 inside the brackets.
22919 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22924 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22927 \begin_layout Section
22928 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22929 \begin_inset Index idx
22932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22939 \begin_inset Index idx
22942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22949 \begin_inset Index idx
22952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22953 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22961 \begin_layout Standard
22962 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22965 \begin_inset space ~
22971 \begin_inset Graphics
22972 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22977 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22978 Here is an example:
22979 \begin_inset Formula \[
22980 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22984 \end{array}\right)\]
22988 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22989 \begin_inset space ~
22993 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22995 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23000 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
23001 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
23002 This alignment is set in the box
23007 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23019 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23027 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23039 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23055 for every column as default.
23056 For example, the sequence
23057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23068 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
23069 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
23070 corresponds to the relevant column.
23071 The result will look like this:
23072 \begin_inset Formula \[
23074 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
23075 column & has & has\, right\\
23076 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
23084 \begin_layout Standard
23085 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
23088 arg "newline-insert newline"
23091 while the cursor is in the matrix.
23092 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
23094 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23097 or the math toolbar.
23100 \begin_layout Standard
23101 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
23102 It can be created with the menu
23104 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23105 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23107 \begin_inset space ~
23119 Here is an example:
23120 \begin_inset Formula \[
23132 \begin_layout Standard
23133 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23136 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
23139 arg "newline-insert newline"
23143 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23148 arg "newline-insert newline"
23151 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23152 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23159 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
23160 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23161 A new row is created by every further hit of
23164 arg "newline-insert newline"
23168 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23169 Here is an example:
23170 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23171 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23172 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
23177 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23178 where you want to start the shift and hit
23183 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23184 position to the next column.
23185 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23186 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23187 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
23188 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
23195 \begin_layout Standard
23196 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23203 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23204 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23205 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23207 reference "eq:asquared"
23212 The other types are described in section
23213 \begin_inset space ~
23217 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23219 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23226 \begin_layout Section
23227 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23228 \begin_inset Index idx
23231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23232 Math ! Formula numbering
23238 \begin_inset Index idx
23241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23242 Math ! Referencing formulas
23248 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23250 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23257 \begin_layout Standard
23258 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23260 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23261 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23263 \begin_inset space ~
23271 arg "math-number-toggle"
23275 The formula number appears in LyX as
23276 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23283 within parentheses.
23285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23292 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23294 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23295 the document class.
23296 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23297 separated by a dot:
23298 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23299 1+1=2\end{equation}
23306 arg "math-number-toggle"
23309 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23310 You can only number displayed formulas.
23313 \begin_layout Standard
23314 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23316 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23317 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23319 \begin_inset space ~
23323 \begin_inset space ~
23327 \begin_inset space ~
23335 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23338 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
23339 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23341 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23347 To number all lines use the shortcut
23350 arg "math-number-toggle"
23356 \begin_layout Standard
23357 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23360 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23361 A label is inserted with the menu
23363 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23366 when the cursor is in the formula.
23367 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23368 It is recommended to use the proposed
23369 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23377 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23380 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23381 type when you have many labels in your document.
23382 We inserted in the following example the label
23383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23387 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23390 in the second line:
23391 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23392 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23393 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
23398 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23399 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23401 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23405 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23409 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23411 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23413 \begin_inset space ~
23419 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23420 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
23421 as the formula number:
23424 \begin_layout Standard
23425 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23426 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23428 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23435 \begin_layout Standard
23436 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23437 \begin_inset space ~
23441 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23443 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23448 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23451 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23454 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23459 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23467 \begin_layout Section
23468 User defined math macros
23469 \begin_inset Index idx
23472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23481 \begin_layout Standard
23482 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
23483 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
23484 Math macros are explained in section
23487 \begin_inset space ~
23499 \begin_layout Section
23503 \begin_layout Subsection
23505 \begin_inset Index idx
23508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23517 \begin_layout Standard
23518 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23519 To set a font in a formula, use the
23522 \begin_inset space ~
23528 \begin_inset Graphics
23529 filename ../images/math/font.png
23533 , or enter its command, listed in table
23534 \begin_inset space ~
23538 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23540 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23547 \begin_layout Standard
23548 \begin_inset Float table
23553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23554 \begin_inset Caption
23556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23557 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23559 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23563 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23573 \begin_inset Tabular
23574 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23575 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23576 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23577 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23609 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23636 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23663 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23696 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23723 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23750 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23784 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23811 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23845 \begin_layout Standard
23846 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23854 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23870 \begin_layout Standard
23871 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23872 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23877 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23878 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23879 Here an example where
23880 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23891 denotes the set of numbers:
23892 \begin_inset Formula \[
23893 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23900 \begin_layout Standard
23901 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23903 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23907 \begin_inset space \space{}
23919 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23923 \begin_inset Newline newline
23926 So it is better not to use this feature.
23929 \begin_layout Standard
23930 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23931 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23935 \begin_inset Newline newline
23938 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23944 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23945 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23951 \begin_layout Standard
23958 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23961 \begin_layout Standard
23962 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23964 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23965 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23967 \begin_inset space ~
23975 \begin_layout Subsection
23977 \begin_inset Index idx
23980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23989 \begin_layout Standard
23990 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23992 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23996 \begin_inset space ~
24000 \begin_inset space ~
24008 \begin_inset space ~
24014 \begin_inset Graphics
24015 filename ../images/math/font.png
24026 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24027 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24028 Here is an example:
24029 \begin_inset Formula \[
24031 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
24032 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}
24040 \begin_layout Subsection
24042 \begin_inset Index idx
24045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24054 \begin_layout Standard
24055 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24056 automatically chosen in most situations.
24074 For most characters,
24082 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24083 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24088 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24089 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
24091 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24092 \begin_inset Graphics
24093 filename ../images/math/style.png
24098 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24099 For example, you can set
24100 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24103 , which is normally in
24112 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24116 The four styles are used in the following example:
24119 \begin_layout Standard
24120 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24124 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24128 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24132 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24138 \begin_layout Standard
24139 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24140 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24142 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24144 \begin_inset space ~
24149 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24150 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24151 will be adjusted to correspond.
24152 As an example here is a formula in the font size
24153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24163 \begin_layout Standard
24167 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24173 \begin_layout Section
24177 \begin_layout Standard
24178 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24179 the document classes and into layout modules.
24180 \begin_inset Index idx
24183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24189 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24190 other than the AMS classes.
24192 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24194 reference "sub:Modules"
24198 for more on layout modules.
24201 \begin_layout Section
24203 \begin_inset Index idx
24206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24213 \begin_inset Index idx
24216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24225 \begin_layout Standard
24226 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24227 (AMS) that are in common use.
24230 \begin_layout Subsection
24231 Enabling AMS-Support
24234 \begin_layout Standard
24235 Selecting the checkbox
24238 \begin_inset space ~
24242 \begin_inset space ~
24246 \begin_inset space ~
24253 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24257 \begin_inset Index idx
24260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24261 Document ! Settings
24269 \begin_inset space ~
24274 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24276 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24277 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24280 \begin_layout Subsection
24282 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24284 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24289 \begin_inset Index idx
24292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24293 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24301 \begin_layout Standard
24302 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24303 LyX allows you to choose between
24324 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24327 \begin_layout Chapter
24331 \begin_layout Section
24333 \begin_inset Index idx
24336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24343 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24345 name "sec:Cross-References"
24352 \begin_layout Standard
24353 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24354 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24356 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24357 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24358 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
24361 \begin_layout Enumerate
24365 \begin_layout Enumerate
24366 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24368 name "enu:Second-item"
24375 \begin_layout Enumerate
24379 \begin_layout Standard
24380 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24382 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24385 or by pressing the toolbar button
24386 \begin_inset Graphics
24387 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24393 A grey label box like this:
24394 \begin_inset Graphics
24395 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24400 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24401 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24403 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24411 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24416 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24432 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24436 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24437 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24441 \begin_inset space \space{}
24444 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
24445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24459 \begin_layout Standard
24460 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24462 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24465 or the toolbar button
24466 \begin_inset Graphics
24467 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24473 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24474 \begin_inset Graphics
24475 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24480 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
24482 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24483 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24495 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24499 \begin_layout Standard
24502 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24505 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
24510 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
24511 to the actual cursor position via the menu
24513 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24519 \begin_layout Standard
24520 Here is our cross-reference: Item
24521 \begin_inset space ~
24525 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24527 reference "enu:Second-item"
24534 \begin_layout Standard
24535 It is recommended to use a protected space
24539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24540 described in section
24541 \begin_inset space ~
24545 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24547 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24556 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24560 \begin_layout Standard
24561 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24564 \begin_layout Description
24565 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24566 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24568 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24575 \begin_layout Description
24576 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24577 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24579 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24583 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24587 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24589 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24596 \begin_layout Description
24597 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24598 \begin_inset space ~
24602 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24603 LatexCommand pageref
24604 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24611 \begin_layout Description
24613 \begin_inset space ~
24617 \begin_inset space ~
24620 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24621 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24622 LatexCommand vpageref
24623 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24630 \begin_layout Description
24632 \begin_inset space ~
24636 \begin_inset space ~
24640 \begin_inset space ~
24643 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24645 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24647 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24654 \begin_layout Description
24656 \begin_inset space ~
24659 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24660 \begin_inset Newline newline
24664 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24672 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24677 \begin_inset Index idx
24680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24681 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24694 \begin_layout Standard
24699 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
24702 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24706 \begin_inset space \space{}
24710 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24724 <reference> on page <page>
24726 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
24729 \begin_layout Standard
24730 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output,
24731 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24732 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24736 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24740 \begin_layout Standard
24741 You can only use the style
24745 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24749 is always possible.
24752 \begin_layout Standard
24753 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
24754 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
24756 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24757 \begin_inset space ~
24761 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24763 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24770 \begin_layout Standard
24771 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
24775 \begin_inset space ~
24779 \begin_inset space ~
24784 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
24785 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
24788 \begin_inset space ~
24793 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24794 You can also go back with the toolbar button
24795 \begin_inset Graphics
24796 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
24797 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
24798 rotateOrigin center
24805 \begin_layout Standard
24806 You can change labels at any time.
24807 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
24808 do not need to take care about this.
24811 \begin_layout Standard
24812 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
24813 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24816 \begin_layout Standard
24817 References are described in detail in the
24824 \begin_layout Section
24825 Table of Contents and other Listings
24826 \begin_inset Index idx
24829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24836 \begin_inset Index idx
24839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24846 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24855 \begin_layout Subsection
24857 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24859 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24866 \begin_layout Standard
24867 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24869 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24870 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24872 \begin_inset space ~
24876 \begin_inset space ~
24882 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24883 If you click on it, the
24887 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24888 sections in your documents.
24889 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24891 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24894 that is described in sec.
24895 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24899 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24901 reference "sec:Navigating"
24908 \begin_layout Standard
24909 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
24910 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24912 \begin_inset space ~
24916 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24918 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24922 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24924 \begin_inset space ~
24928 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24930 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24934 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24936 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24939 \begin_layout Subsection
24940 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
24941 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24943 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
24950 \begin_layout Standard
24951 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24952 You can insert them via the
24954 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24956 \begin_inset space ~
24960 \begin_inset space ~
24966 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24969 \begin_layout Section
24970 URLs and Hyperlinks
24971 \begin_inset Index idx
24974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24981 \begin_inset Index idx
24984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24993 \begin_layout Subsection
24995 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25004 \begin_layout Standard
25005 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25007 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25013 \begin_layout Standard
25014 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25015 \begin_inset Flex URL
25018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25028 \begin_layout Standard
25029 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25035 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25039 \begin_layout Standard
25040 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25048 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25056 \begin_layout Subsection
25058 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25060 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
25067 \begin_layout Standard
25068 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25070 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25073 or with the toolbar button
25074 \begin_inset Graphics
25075 filename ../images/href-insert.png
25076 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25081 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25090 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25091 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25092 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25094 name "LyX's homepage"
25095 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25099 , an Email address like this:
25100 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25102 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25103 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25108 , or a link to a file.
25111 \begin_layout Standard
25112 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25114 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25122 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25125 to the link target.
25128 \begin_layout Standard
25129 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25130 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25131 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25132 the text style dialog.
25133 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25137 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25139 name "LyX's homepage"
25140 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25147 \begin_layout Standard
25148 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25152 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25154 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25155 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25159 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25161 \begin_inset Newline newline
25169 \begin_inset Newline newline
25176 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25179 \begin_layout Section
25181 \begin_inset Index idx
25184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25191 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25193 name "sec:Appendices"
25200 \begin_layout Standard
25201 Appendices are created with the menu
25203 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25205 \begin_inset space ~
25209 \begin_inset space ~
25215 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25216 as the appendix region.
25217 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25220 \begin_layout Standard
25221 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25222 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25223 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25224 and the subsection number.
25225 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25229 \begin_layout Standard
25231 \begin_inset space ~
25235 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25237 reference "cha:Credits"
25242 \begin_inset space ~
25246 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25248 reference "sub:Export"
25255 \begin_layout Section
25257 \begin_inset Index idx
25260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25267 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25269 name "sec:Bibliography"
25276 \begin_layout Standard
25277 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25278 You can include a bibliography database,
25282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25283 Known under the name
25284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25288 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25296 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25297 manually, using the paragraph environment
25301 , which was described in section
25302 \begin_inset space ~
25306 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25308 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25313 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25314 document, like author-year citations, then you must
25318 use a bibliography database.
25321 \begin_layout Subsection
25322 The Bibliography Environment
25325 \begin_layout Standard
25330 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25332 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25341 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25343 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25349 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25352 , a short form of its title, as key.
25355 \begin_layout Standard
25356 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25358 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25361 or the toolbar button
25362 \begin_inset Graphics
25363 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25364 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25369 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25370 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25371 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25372 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25376 \begin_layout Standard
25377 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
25378 entry with surrounding brackets.
25383 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25384 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25396 \begin_layout Standard
25399 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25402 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25404 key "latexcompanion"
25411 \begin_layout Standard
25412 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25413 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25422 \begin_layout Subsection
25423 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25424 \begin_inset Index idx
25427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25428 Bibliography ! Databases
25434 \begin_inset Index idx
25437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25438 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25444 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25446 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25453 \begin_layout Standard
25454 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25460 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25462 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25463 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25468 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25470 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25471 your working field in a database.
25472 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25473 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25475 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25479 \begin_layout Standard
25480 The database is a text file with the file extension
25481 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25489 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25492 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25493 The format is explained in
25494 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25500 and in LaTeX books (
25501 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25503 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25508 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25509 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25510 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25511 \begin_inset Flex URL
25514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25516 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25524 \begin_layout Standard
25525 To use a database, use the menu
25527 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25532 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25545 \begin_inset space ~
25551 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25552 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25555 Add bibliography to TOC
25557 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25562 drop box you can select what part of the database should be output.
25565 \begin_layout Standard
25566 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25567 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25575 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25578 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25579 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25580 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25582 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25588 For information how this is done, have a look at
25589 \begin_inset Newline newline
25593 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25595 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25607 \begin_layout Standard
25608 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25611 \begin_layout Standard
25612 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25613 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25616 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25644 \begin_inset space ~
25650 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25656 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25665 \begin_layout Standard
25666 When you select the option
25668 Sectioned bibliography
25672 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25675 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25676 This and other options are explained in detail in section
25678 Customizing Bibliographies
25686 Additional Features
25691 \begin_layout Standard
25692 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25693 the two methods of creating them.
25694 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25695 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25696 We used the style file
25700 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25703 \begin_layout Subsection
25704 Bibliography layout
25705 \begin_inset Index idx
25708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25709 Bibliography ! Layout
25717 \begin_layout Standard
25718 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25719 For this feature you need to enable the option
25725 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25729 \begin_inset Index idx
25732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25733 Document ! Settings
25743 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25744 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25745 in the previous section.
25748 \begin_layout Standard
25749 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25750 in the citation reference window.
25751 Here an example where we set the text
25752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25756 \begin_inset space ~
25760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25763 to appear after the reference:
25766 \begin_layout Standard
25768 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25771 key "latexcompanion"
25778 \begin_layout Section
25780 \begin_inset Index idx
25783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25790 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25799 \begin_layout Standard
25800 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25802 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25804 \begin_inset space ~
25809 or the toolbar button
25810 \begin_inset Graphics
25811 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25812 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25826 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25829 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25830 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25831 by LyX as the index entry.
25834 \begin_layout Standard
25835 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25836 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25838 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25840 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25847 \begin_layout Standard
25848 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
25850 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25852 \begin_inset space ~
25856 \begin_inset space ~
25859 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25861 \begin_inset space ~
25867 A light blue box labeled
25868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25876 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25879 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25880 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25883 \begin_layout Subsection
25884 Grouping Index Entries
25885 \begin_inset Index idx
25888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25897 \begin_layout Standard
25898 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25900 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25901 lists under the entry
25902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25910 First we create the entry
25911 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25919 \begin_inset space ~
25923 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25925 reference "sub:Lists"
25930 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25931 \begin_inset space ~
25935 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25937 reference "sec:Itemize"
25941 , we insert the command
25944 \begin_layout Standard
25950 \begin_layout Standard
25954 \begin_layout Standard
25960 \begin_layout Standard
25961 for the enumerated list in section
25962 \begin_inset space ~
25966 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25968 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25975 \begin_layout Standard
25976 The exclamation mark
25977 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25984 marks the grouping levels.
25985 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25986 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25987 If we don't have an index entry for
25988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25992 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25995 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25998 \begin_layout Subsection
26000 \begin_inset Index idx
26003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26004 Index ! Page ranges
26012 \begin_layout Standard
26013 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26015 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26016 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26018 \begin_inset space ~
26022 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26024 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26031 \begin_layout Standard
26034 Paragraph environments|(
26037 \begin_layout Standard
26038 and another entry at the end of section
26039 \begin_inset space ~
26043 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26045 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26052 \begin_layout Standard
26055 Paragraph environments|)
26058 \begin_layout Standard
26060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26072 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26080 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26083 respectively start and end the index range.
26084 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26085 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26086 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26087 An example is the index entry
26088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26091 Document ! Settings
26092 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26098 \begin_layout Subsection
26100 \begin_inset Index idx
26103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26104 Index ! Cross referencing
26112 \begin_layout Standard
26113 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26114 We referred for example in the index entry
26115 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26119 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26123 \begin_inset space ~
26127 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26129 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26133 ) to the index entry
26134 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26141 in the same section using the entry
26144 \begin_layout Standard
26147 GIF|see{Image formats}
26150 \begin_layout Standard
26151 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26152 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26153 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26156 \begin_layout Subsection
26158 \begin_inset Index idx
26161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26162 Index ! Entry order
26170 \begin_layout Standard
26171 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26172 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26173 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26178 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26180 \begin_inset space ~
26184 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26186 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26195 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26196 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
26197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26221 \begin_inset Index idx
26224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26225 Dummy entries ! maïs
26231 \begin_inset Index idx
26234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26235 Dummy entries ! maître
26241 \begin_inset Index idx
26244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26245 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26250 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26251 order maïs, maison, maître.
26252 To achieve this, we use the command
26255 \begin_layout Standard
26258 previous entry@current entry
26261 \begin_layout Standard
26262 In our case we want to have
26263 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26271 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26275 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26278 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26281 \begin_layout Standard
26287 \begin_layout Standard
26288 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26289 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26293 \begin_layout Standard
26294 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26300 \begin_layout Standard
26301 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
26306 to generate the index (see sec.
26307 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26311 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26313 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26322 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
26324 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26328 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26330 reference "sub:Document-Font"
26334 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
26335 index commands start with
26336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26344 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26348 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
26353 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
26356 \begin_layout Standard
26368 \begin_layout Standard
26380 \begin_layout Subsection
26382 \begin_inset Index idx
26385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26386 Index ! Entry layout
26394 \begin_layout Standard
26395 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26396 \begin_inset Index idx
26399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26402 This is an italic dummy entry
26407 You can also format the page number using the character
26408 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26412 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26415 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26416 We can write for example
26419 \begin_layout Standard
26422 italic page number:|textit
26425 \begin_layout Standard
26426 to get the page number in italic.
26427 \begin_inset Index idx
26430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26431 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26436 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26438 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26454 \begin_inset space ~
26460 Have a look at section
26461 \begin_inset space ~
26465 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26467 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26471 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26474 \begin_layout Standard
26475 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26483 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26487 to generate the index, see sec.
26488 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26492 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26494 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26503 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
26504 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26506 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26509 key "latexcompanion"
26521 \begin_layout Standard
26522 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26524 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26525 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26526 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26527 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26528 If so, put the following in the preamble
26531 \begin_layout Standard
26543 \begin_layout Standard
26547 \begin_layout Standard
26553 \begin_layout Standard
26554 in the index entry.
26555 \begin_inset Index idx
26558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26559 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26564 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26565 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26566 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26569 \begin_layout Standard
26570 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26572 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26576 \begin_inset space \space{}
26579 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26580 for all index entries.
26581 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
26593 documentation for details,
26594 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26596 key "makeindex,xindy"
26603 \begin_layout Subsection
26605 \begin_inset Index idx
26608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26615 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26617 name "sub:Index-Program"
26624 \begin_layout Standard
26625 If the index entry program
26629 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
26633 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
26637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26642 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
26643 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
26644 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
26645 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26646 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
26656 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26657 dialog, see section
26658 \begin_inset space ~
26662 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26664 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26669 The available options are listed and explained in
26670 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26672 key "makeindex,xindy"
26677 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
26681 \begin_layout Standard
26682 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
26683 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
26686 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26687 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26688 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26692 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
26693 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
26696 \begin_layout Subsection
26700 \begin_layout Standard
26701 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
26702 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
26703 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26707 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26710 next to the standard index.
26711 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
26712 packages that add this feature.
26718 \begin_inset Index idx
26721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26722 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
26727 package to generate multiple indexes.
26728 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
26729 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
26730 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26737 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
26738 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
26739 Please consult the package's manual for details.
26742 \begin_layout Standard
26743 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
26745 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26746 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26747 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26754 Use multiple Indexes
26755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26759 Note that the list of
26760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26767 below already contains the standard index.
26768 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
26769 also appear as a heading) to the
26770 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26774 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26777 input field and press the
26778 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26782 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26786 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
26787 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
26788 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
26789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26792 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26794 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26798 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
26799 indexes in the LyX work area.
26802 \begin_layout Standard
26803 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
26806 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26808 \begin_inset space ~
26812 \begin_inset space ~
26821 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
26822 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
26823 are some additional features:
26826 \begin_layout Itemize
26827 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
26828 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
26831 \begin_layout Itemize
26832 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
26833 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
26834 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26838 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26842 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
26844 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26847 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
26848 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
26849 to the non-subindexes.
26852 \begin_layout Section
26853 Nomenclature / Glossary
26854 \begin_inset Index idx
26857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26864 \begin_inset Index idx
26867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26896 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26898 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26905 \begin_layout Standard
26906 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26907 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
26911 \begin_layout Standard
26912 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26917 \begin_inset Index idx
26920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26921 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26927 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26928 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26934 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26937 \begin_layout Standard
26938 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26939 and then use the menu
26941 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26947 \begin_inset space ~
26952 or the toolbar button
26953 \begin_inset Graphics
26954 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26955 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26961 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26972 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26975 \begin_layout Standard
26976 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26977 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26978 The second is the description of the symbol.
26981 \begin_layout Standard
26982 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26990 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26998 \begin_layout Subsection
26999 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
27000 \begin_inset Index idx
27003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27004 Nomenclature ! Layout
27012 \begin_layout Standard
27013 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
27017 field as LaTeX-formulas.
27019 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27023 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27027 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27031 \begin_inset Newline newline
27039 \begin_inset Newline newline
27045 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27049 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27052 character starts/ends the formula.
27053 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
27055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27061 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27065 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
27075 \begin_layout Standard
27076 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
27077 \begin_inset space ~
27081 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27083 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27090 \begin_layout Standard
27094 \begin_inset space ~
27099 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
27100 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
27101 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27105 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27112 in this document is:
27113 \begin_inset Newline newline
27118 dummy entry for the character
27123 \begin_inset Newline newline
27135 \begin_inset space ~
27145 font use the command
27174 \begin_layout Subsection
27175 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
27176 \begin_inset Index idx
27179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27180 Nomenclature ! Sort order
27188 \begin_layout Standard
27189 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
27190 the symbol definition.
27191 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
27192 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
27195 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27196 LatexCommand nomenclature
27198 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27205 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27209 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27210 LatexCommand nomenclature
27213 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27218 They will be sorted by
27219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27245 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27248 will be sorted before the
27252 since the character
27253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27260 is considered in sorting.
27263 \begin_layout Standard
27264 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27267 \begin_inset space ~
27272 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27273 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27275 For the example given, you can insert
27279 in this field for the
27280 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27287 will be located before
27288 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27294 \begin_layout Standard
27295 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27300 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27309 \begin_layout Subsection
27310 Nomenclature Options
27311 \begin_inset Index idx
27314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27315 Nomenclature ! Options
27323 \begin_layout Standard
27328 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27329 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27332 \begin_layout Description
27333 refeq Appends the phrase
27334 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27346 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27349 to every nomenclature entry, where
27355 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27358 \begin_layout Description
27359 refpage Appends the phrase
27360 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27372 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27375 to every nomenclature entry, where
27381 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27384 \begin_layout Description
27385 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27388 \begin_layout Standard
27389 There are furthermore the options
27433 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27437 \begin_layout Standard
27438 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27439 class options list in the
27441 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27445 In this document the option
27452 \begin_layout Standard
27453 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27459 \begin_layout Standard
27460 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27461 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27466 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27469 \begin_layout Description
27479 \begin_layout Description
27482 nomrefpage Like the
27489 \begin_layout Description
27492 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27501 \begin_layout Description
27505 \begin_inset space ~
27511 \begin_inset space ~
27516 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27519 \begin_layout Subsection
27520 Printing the Nomenclature
27521 \begin_inset Index idx
27524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27525 Nomenclature ! Printing
27533 \begin_layout Standard
27534 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27536 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27538 \begin_inset space ~
27542 \begin_inset space ~
27545 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27549 A light blue box labeled
27550 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27561 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27562 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27565 \begin_layout Standard
27566 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27567 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27575 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27583 For example, in order to change the name to
27587 , add the following line to the preamble:
27590 \begin_layout Standard
27598 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27601 \begin_layout Standard
27602 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27608 \begin_layout Standard
27609 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27610 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27613 \begin_layout Standard
27621 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27624 \begin_layout Standard
27627 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27628 \begin_inset space ~
27632 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27634 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27639 The default value is 1
27640 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27646 \begin_layout Subsection
27647 Nomenclature Program
27648 \begin_inset Index idx
27651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27652 Nomenclature ! Program
27658 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27660 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
27667 \begin_layout Standard
27668 LyX uses the program
27672 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
27673 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
27678 by adding options, see section
27679 \begin_inset space ~
27683 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27685 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27690 The available options are listed and explained in
27691 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27693 key "nomencl,makeindex"
27700 \begin_layout Section
27702 \begin_inset Index idx
27705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27712 \begin_inset Index idx
27715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27716 Document ! Branches
27722 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27724 name "sec:Branches"
27731 \begin_layout Standard
27732 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27733 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27734 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27735 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27738 \begin_layout Standard
27739 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
27740 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27741 To create a branch, go in the
27743 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27751 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27752 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27755 \begin_layout Standard
27756 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27757 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27759 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27762 where you can choose a branch.
27763 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27766 \begin_layout Standard
27767 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27768 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27771 \begin_layout Standard
27772 \begin_inset Branch Question
27775 \begin_layout Standard
27776 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27784 \begin_layout Standard
27785 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27788 \begin_layout Standard
27789 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27797 \begin_layout Standard
27798 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27804 \begin_layout Standard
27805 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27806 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27808 For example you can define for the question branch
27812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27813 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27814 \begin_inset space ~
27818 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27820 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27832 \begin_layout Standard
27842 \begin_layout Standard
27852 \begin_layout Standard
27853 and for the answer branch
27856 \begin_layout Standard
27866 \begin_layout Standard
27876 \begin_layout Standard
27877 \begin_inset Branch Question
27880 \begin_layout Standard
27884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27912 \begin_layout Standard
27913 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27916 \begin_layout Standard
27920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27948 \begin_layout Standard
27949 Now it is possible to use the commands
27953 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27960 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27963 to obtain conditional output.
27964 Here is an example formula where only the
27971 \begin_inset Formula \[
27972 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27979 \begin_layout Standard
27980 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
27988 \begin_layout Section
27990 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27992 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
27997 \begin_inset Index idx
28000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28009 \begin_layout Standard
28014 dialog allows you in the
28018 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
28019 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
28024 \begin_inset Index idx
28027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28028 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
28036 \begin_layout Standard
28041 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
28042 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
28043 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
28045 You can specify in the dialog tab
28049 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
28051 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
28052 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
28056 \begin_layout Standard
28061 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
28062 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
28063 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
28065 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
28066 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
28068 \begin_inset space ~
28071 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
28072 \begin_inset space ~
28075 1 will only display the sections.
28078 \begin_layout Standard
28079 The header information in the dialog tab
28083 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
28084 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
28085 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28089 \begin_inset space \space{}
28092 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
28093 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
28096 Automatic fill header
28098 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
28099 title and author settings.
28102 \begin_layout Standard
28105 Load in fullscreen mode
28107 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
28110 \begin_layout Standard
28111 PDF properties are also used in this document.
28112 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
28118 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
28119 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28128 \begin_layout Section
28129 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
28130 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28132 name "sec:TeX-Code"
28139 \begin_layout Subsection
28141 \begin_inset Index idx
28144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28151 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28153 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
28160 \begin_layout Standard
28161 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
28162 constructs, but not all.
28163 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
28164 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
28165 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
28166 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
28167 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
28171 \begin_layout Standard
28172 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
28174 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
28176 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28178 \begin_inset space ~
28183 or by the toolbar button
28184 \begin_inset Graphics
28185 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
28190 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
28194 \begin_layout Standard
28195 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
28196 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
28197 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word are therefore using
28204 , you can write the command part
28210 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
28214 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
28215 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
28216 the following example:
28219 \begin_layout Standard
28220 \begin_inset Graphics
28221 filename clipart/ERT.png
28229 \begin_layout Standard
28233 \begin_layout Standard
28234 This is a line with a
28238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28261 \begin_layout Standard
28262 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28270 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
28271 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
28279 \begin_layout Subsection
28280 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
28281 \begin_inset Argument
28284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28291 \begin_inset Index idx
28294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28301 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28303 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28310 \begin_layout Standard
28311 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
28312 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
28313 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
28314 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28318 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28322 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
28323 any time if you know the right commands.
28325 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28329 \begin_inset space \space{}
28332 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
28334 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
28335 all caption labels bold.
28336 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
28338 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
28342 \begin_layout Standard
28343 Now LaTeX comes into play.
28344 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
28345 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
28347 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28356 \begin_layout Standard
28357 As result you know that the package
28362 \begin_inset Index idx
28365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28366 LaTeX-packages ! caption
28372 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
28374 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28380 \begin_layout Standard
28385 usepackage[options]{package name}
28388 \begin_layout Standard
28389 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
28390 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
28391 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
28394 \begin_layout Standard
28395 In your case the package name is
28400 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
28405 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
28406 So you add the command
28409 \begin_layout Standard
28414 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
28417 \begin_layout Standard
28418 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
28422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28423 For more commands provided by the
28427 package, have a look at its documentation,
28428 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28442 \begin_layout Standard
28443 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28445 For example if you use a
28449 class, you don't need the package
28453 , you can instead write
28456 \begin_layout Standard
28461 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28466 \begin_layout Standard
28467 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28468 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28469 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28476 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
28479 \begin_layout Standard
28480 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
28481 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28483 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28484 the previous section.
28487 \begin_layout Standard
28488 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28490 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28492 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28500 \begin_layout Section
28501 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28502 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28504 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28509 \begin_inset Index idx
28512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28519 \begin_inset Index idx
28522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28531 \begin_layout Standard
28532 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28533 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28534 to break your train of thought with
28536 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28542 \begin_layout Standard
28543 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28544 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28549 \begin_inset Index idx
28552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28553 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28558 as explained below, and turn on
28561 \begin_inset space ~
28568 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28572 \begin_inset space ~
28576 \begin_inset space ~
28579 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28584 \begin_inset space ~
28589 is the multiplication factor for the size.
28592 \begin_layout Standard
28593 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28595 Previews of an already loaded document are
28599 generated just by selecting the
28602 \begin_inset space ~
28607 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28610 \begin_layout Standard
28611 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28612 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28615 \begin_inset space ~
28620 check box in the insert dialog.
28621 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28625 \begin_layout Standard
28626 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28630 (on some systems named simply
28635 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28637 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28643 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28644 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28652 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28656 \begin_layout Standard
28657 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28663 \begin_layout Standard
28664 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28668 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28670 \begin_inset space ~
28675 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28676 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28678 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28679 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28680 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28681 the source view window.
28684 \begin_layout Section
28686 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28688 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28693 \begin_inset Index idx
28696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28705 \begin_layout Standard
28706 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28707 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28724 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28730 can be seen as the successor to
28738 , it supports multiple languages in parallel, so it is recommended to use
28744 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28745 The used spell checker and its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28753 \begin_layout Standard
28754 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28755 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28762 \begin_layout Standard
28765 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28768 or the toolbar button
28769 \begin_inset Graphics
28770 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
28771 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
28775 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28776 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28777 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28778 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28779 scrolled so that it is visible.
28784 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28786 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28790 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28791 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28794 \begin_layout Standard
28795 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
28798 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28802 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28803 will bring an error message.
28804 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28805 specifying a different
28807 Alternative language
28809 in preferences dialog.
28812 \begin_layout Standard
28813 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
28816 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28820 \begin_layout Standard
28821 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28822 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28824 But you can use the
28827 \begin_inset space ~
28831 \begin_inset space ~
28839 \begin_layout Standard
28840 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28841 This does work with
28845 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28848 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28852 \begin_layout Standard
28857 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28860 \begin_layout Description
28862 \begin_inset space ~
28865 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28866 should consider, e.
28867 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28871 \begin_inset space \space{}
28874 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
28875 This should not normally be needed.
28878 \begin_layout Description
28880 \begin_inset space ~
28883 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
28884 the spell checker's default choice
28887 \begin_layout Description
28889 \begin_inset space ~
28893 \begin_inset space ~
28896 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28908 \begin_layout Description
28910 \begin_inset space ~
28914 \begin_inset space ~
28917 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28919 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28926 also for the spellchecker.
28930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28931 The encodings are explained in section
28932 \begin_inset space ~
28936 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28938 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
28947 Only enable this if you use
28951 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28952 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28953 so this is disabled by default.
28956 \begin_layout Section
28958 \begin_inset Index idx
28961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28968 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28970 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28977 \begin_layout Standard
28978 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
28979 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
28988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28989 \begin_inset CommandInset href
28991 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
29000 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
29001 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
29002 are available for many languages.
29005 \begin_layout Standard
29006 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
29010 \begin_layout Subsection
29011 Setting up the thesaurus
29014 \begin_layout Standard
29019 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
29024 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
29029 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
29031 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29035 en_EN for English).
29036 For instance, the English files are named:
29039 \begin_layout Itemize
29043 \begin_layout Itemize
29047 \begin_layout Standard
29048 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
29049 already on your system.
29050 If not, you can get dictionaries from the site
29051 \begin_inset Flex URL
29054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29056 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
29062 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
29067 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
29069 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
29070 unpack a zip archive.
29073 \begin_layout Standard
29082 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
29083 s), and specify the path to this directory in
29085 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29086 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29090 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
29093 \begin_layout Subsection
29094 Using the thesaurus
29097 \begin_layout Standard
29098 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
29100 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29103 or the toolbar button
29104 \begin_inset Graphics
29105 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
29106 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29107 rotateOrigin center
29111 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
29113 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
29115 The proposals are grouped into categories.
29116 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
29117 and hyponyms (such as
29125 ), compounds (such as
29129 ) and antonyms (such as
29137 ), which are marked as such.
29140 \begin_layout Standard
29141 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
29142 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
29146 \begin_layout Standard
29147 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
29148 the dictionary, such as the above
29152 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
29153 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29157 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
29158 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
29159 For example looking up the word forms
29167 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
29172 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
29173 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29185 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
29186 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
29187 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
29190 \begin_layout Subsection
29191 License of the Thesaurus library
29194 \begin_layout Standard
29199 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
29204 as a standalone program.
29205 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
29206 The library was released under the
29208 Berkeley Database License
29210 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
29211 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
29212 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
29214 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
29217 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
29221 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
29224 \begin_layout Section
29226 \begin_inset Index idx
29229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29236 \begin_inset Index idx
29239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29240 Document ! Change Tracking
29246 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29248 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
29255 \begin_layout Standard
29256 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
29257 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
29258 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
29259 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
29261 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29263 \begin_inset space ~
29266 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29268 \begin_inset space ~
29276 \begin_layout Standard
29277 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
29291 The color depends on the author that made the change.
29292 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
29295 \begin_inset space ~
29299 \begin_inset space ~
29309 \begin_inset Index idx
29312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29313 Color ! Change tracking
29318 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
29319 the cursor is in changed text.
29320 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
29321 \begin_inset Graphics
29322 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29323 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29324 rotateOrigin center
29331 \begin_layout Standard
29332 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
29333 \begin_inset Index idx
29336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29345 \begin_layout Standard
29346 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29352 \begin_layout Standard
29353 \begin_inset Graphics
29354 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
29361 \begin_layout Standard
29362 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29368 \begin_layout Standard
29369 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
29373 \begin_layout Standard
29374 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29380 \begin_layout Standard
29381 \begin_inset Tabular
29382 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
29383 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
29384 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29385 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29386 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29391 \begin_inset Graphics
29392 filename ../images/changes-track.png
29393 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29394 rotateOrigin center
29403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29409 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29411 \begin_inset space ~
29414 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29416 \begin_inset space ~
29425 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29430 \begin_inset Graphics
29431 filename ../images/changes-output.png
29432 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29433 rotateOrigin center
29442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29448 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29450 \begin_inset space ~
29453 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29455 \begin_inset space ~
29459 \begin_inset space ~
29463 \begin_inset space ~
29472 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29477 \begin_inset Graphics
29478 filename ../images/change-next.png
29479 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29480 rotateOrigin center
29489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29493 Jumps to the next change
29499 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29504 \begin_inset Graphics
29505 filename ../images/change-accept.png
29506 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29507 rotateOrigin center
29516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29522 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29524 \begin_inset space ~
29527 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29529 \begin_inset space ~
29538 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29543 \begin_inset Graphics
29544 filename ../images/change-reject.png
29545 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29546 rotateOrigin center
29555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29561 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29563 \begin_inset space ~
29566 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29568 \begin_inset space ~
29577 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29582 \begin_inset Graphics
29583 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29584 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29585 rotateOrigin center
29594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29600 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29602 \begin_inset space ~
29605 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29607 \begin_inset space ~
29616 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29621 \begin_inset Graphics
29622 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
29623 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29624 rotateOrigin center
29633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29639 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29641 \begin_inset space ~
29644 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29646 \begin_inset space ~
29650 \begin_inset space ~
29659 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29664 \begin_inset Graphics
29665 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29666 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29667 rotateOrigin center
29676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29682 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29684 \begin_inset space ~
29687 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29689 \begin_inset space ~
29693 \begin_inset space ~
29702 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29707 \begin_inset Graphics
29708 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29709 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29710 rotateOrigin center
29719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29725 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29726 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29728 \begin_inset space ~
29737 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29742 \begin_inset Graphics
29743 filename ../images/note-next.png
29744 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29745 rotateOrigin center
29754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29760 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29762 \begin_inset space ~
29778 \begin_layout Standard
29779 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29785 \begin_layout Standard
29786 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
29787 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29788 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
29789 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29790 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29791 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29792 step to the next change.
29793 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
29796 \begin_layout Standard
29797 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29798 to describe a change.
29801 \begin_layout Standard
29802 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29807 \begin_inset Index idx
29810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29811 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29817 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29818 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29824 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29827 \begin_layout Section
29828 International Support
29829 \begin_inset Index idx
29832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29833 International support
29841 \begin_layout Standard
29842 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29843 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29844 how to set up LyX to use them:
29845 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29847 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29854 \begin_layout Standard
29855 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29856 \begin_inset space ~
29860 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29862 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29869 \begin_layout Subsection
29871 \begin_inset Index idx
29874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29881 \begin_inset Index idx
29884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29885 Document ! Settings
29891 \begin_inset Index idx
29894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29895 Document ! Language
29903 \begin_layout Standard
29906 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29909 dialog lets you set
29911 the language and character encoding for your language.
29915 \begin_layout Standard
29916 Choose your language in the
29920 section of this dialog.
29928 \begin_layout Standard
29933 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
29938 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29939 For details about the different encoding options see section
29940 \begin_inset space ~
29944 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29946 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29953 \begin_layout Subsection
29954 Keyboard mapping configuration
29955 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29957 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29964 \begin_layout Standard
29965 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
29966 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29967 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29968 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29969 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29971 \begin_inset space ~
29975 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29977 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29982 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29983 which one you want to use.
29986 \begin_layout Standard
29987 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29988 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29989 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29990 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29991 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29992 one to support the characters you want.
29993 This and many other customizations are explained in the
30000 \begin_layout Subsection
30004 \begin_layout Standard
30006 \begin_inset space ~
30010 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30012 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
30021 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
30025 \begin_layout Standard
30026 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
30027 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
30035 \begin_layout Itemize
30036 Even if you have selected
30042 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30045 dialog, users who have only the
30049 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
30053 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
30054 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
30055 french quotes won't show up.
30058 \begin_layout Standard
30059 \begin_inset Float table
30064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30065 \begin_inset Caption
30067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30068 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30070 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
30086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30088 \begin_inset Tabular
30089 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
30090 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
30091 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30092 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30093 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30094 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30095 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30096 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30097 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30098 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30099 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30100 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30101 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30102 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30103 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30104 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30105 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30106 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30107 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30960 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34520 \begin_layout Standard
34521 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
34523 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
34524 also the characters from
34536 \begin_layout Itemize
34545 \begin_layout Standard
34546 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
34547 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34553 \begin_layout Standard
34554 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
34555 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34561 \begin_layout Standard
34562 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
34563 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34569 \begin_layout Standard
34570 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
34571 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34577 \begin_layout Standard
34579 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34585 \begin_layout Standard
34587 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34593 \begin_layout Standard
34595 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34602 \begin_layout Itemize
34615 \begin_layout Standard
34617 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34623 \begin_layout Standard
34625 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34631 \begin_layout Standard
34633 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34639 \begin_layout Standard
34641 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34647 \begin_layout Standard
34649 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34655 \begin_layout Standard
34657 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34664 \begin_layout Standard
34665 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34666 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34667 Also make sure you're using the
34674 \begin_layout Chapter
34677 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34679 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34686 \begin_layout Standard
34687 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
34688 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
34689 topic inside the user's guide.
34692 \begin_layout Section
34694 \begin_inset Index idx
34697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34706 \begin_layout Standard
34711 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34712 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34715 \begin_layout Subsection
34719 \begin_layout Standard
34720 Creates a new document.
34723 \begin_layout Subsection
34727 \begin_layout Standard
34728 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
34729 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34730 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34733 \begin_layout Subsection
34737 \begin_layout Standard
34741 \begin_layout Subsection
34745 \begin_layout Standard
34746 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34747 Click there on a file to open it.
34750 \begin_layout Subsection
34754 \begin_layout Standard
34755 Closes the current document.
34758 \begin_layout Subsection
34762 \begin_layout Standard
34763 Closes all opened documents.
34766 \begin_layout Subsection
34770 \begin_layout Standard
34771 Saves the actual document.
34774 \begin_layout Subsection
34778 \begin_layout Standard
34779 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34782 \begin_layout Subsection
34786 \begin_layout Standard
34787 Saves all opened documents.
34790 \begin_layout Subsection
34794 \begin_layout Standard
34795 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34798 \begin_layout Subsection
34802 \begin_layout Standard
34803 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34804 It is described in the section
34806 Version Control in LyX
34810 Additional Features
34815 \begin_layout Subsection
34819 \begin_layout Standard
34820 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
34821 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
34822 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
34823 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34826 \begin_layout Standard
34827 When using the menu entry
34830 \begin_inset space ~
34835 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
34839 \begin_inset space ~
34843 \begin_inset space ~
34848 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
34849 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
34852 \begin_layout Subsection
34854 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34863 \begin_layout Standard
34864 You can export your document to various file formats.
34865 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34866 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34867 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34870 \begin_layout Standard
34871 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
34873 \begin_inset space ~
34877 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34879 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34886 \begin_layout Description
34890 \begin_inset space ~
34895 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34897 \begin_inset Newline newline
34900 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
34903 \begin_layout Description
34911 \begin_layout Description
34912 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
34916 \begin_layout Description
34918 \begin_inset space ~
34922 \begin_inset space ~
34925 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34929 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34937 \begin_layout Description
34944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34952 \begin_inset space ~
34957 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34958 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
34962 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34965 \begin_layout Description
34972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34980 \begin_inset space ~
34985 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34986 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34994 \begin_layout Description
34996 \begin_inset space ~
34999 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
35000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35007 is replaced by the version number)
35010 \begin_layout Description
35011 LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine
35014 \begin_layout Description
35015 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
35028 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
35032 \begin_layout Description
35036 \begin_inset space ~
35041 PDF-format using the program
35046 \begin_layout Description
35050 \begin_inset space ~
35055 PDF-format using the program
35060 \begin_layout Description
35064 \begin_inset space ~
35069 PDF-format using the program
35074 \begin_layout Description
35078 \begin_inset space ~
35086 \begin_layout Description
35090 \begin_inset space ~
35094 \begin_inset space ~
35099 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
35100 and then exported as text using the program
35105 \begin_layout Description
35110 PostScript format using the program
35115 \begin_layout Description
35123 \begin_layout Standard
35128 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
35129 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
35135 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
35138 \begin_layout Standard
35139 If one of the menu entries
35146 \begin_inset space ~
35155 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35156 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35157 \begin_inset space ~
35161 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35163 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35168 \begin_inset Index idx
35171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35172 Reconfiguration of LyX
35180 \begin_layout Standard
35185 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
35186 the export program.
35189 \begin_layout Subsection
35193 \begin_layout Standard
35194 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
35195 format or send it to a printer.
35196 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
35197 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
35203 For more information have a look at section
35204 \begin_inset space ~
35208 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35210 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
35217 \begin_layout Subsection
35221 \begin_layout Standard
35222 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
35223 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
35224 prefix, see section
35225 \begin_inset space ~
35229 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35231 reference "sec:Paths"
35236 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
35245 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
35246 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
35247 \begin_inset space ~
35251 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35253 reference "sub:Converters"
35260 \begin_layout Subsection
35261 New and Close Window
35264 \begin_layout Standard
35265 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
35268 \begin_layout Subsection
35272 \begin_layout Standard
35273 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
35276 \begin_layout Section
35278 \begin_inset Index idx
35281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35290 \begin_layout Subsection
35294 \begin_layout Standard
35295 Described in section
35296 \begin_inset space ~
35300 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35302 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
35309 \begin_layout Subsection
35310 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
35313 \begin_layout Standard
35314 Described in section
35315 \begin_inset space ~
35319 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35321 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35328 \begin_layout Subsection
35332 \begin_layout Standard
35333 Selects the whole document.
35336 \begin_layout Subsection
35340 \begin_layout Standard
35341 Described in section
35342 \begin_inset space ~
35346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35348 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35355 \begin_layout Subsection
35356 Move Paragraph Up/Down
35359 \begin_layout Standard
35360 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
35364 \begin_layout Subsection
35368 \begin_layout Standard
35369 Described in section
35370 \begin_inset space ~
35374 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35376 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
35383 \begin_layout Subsection
35385 \begin_inset Index idx
35388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35389 Paragraph ! Settings
35397 \begin_layout Standard
35398 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
35399 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
35402 \begin_layout Standard
35403 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
35404 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
35406 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35412 \begin_inset space ~
35420 \begin_layout Subsection
35421 Table Settings and Math
35424 \begin_layout Standard
35425 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
35427 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
35428 The properties of tables are described in section
35429 \begin_inset space ~
35433 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35435 reference "sec:Tables"
35439 , the properties of formulas in chapter
35440 \begin_inset space ~
35444 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35446 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35453 \begin_layout Subsection
35454 Increase / Decrease List Depth
35457 \begin_layout Standard
35458 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
35459 that can be nested.
35460 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
35461 \begin_inset space ~
35465 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35467 reference "sec:Nesting"
35472 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35474 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
35481 \begin_layout Section
35483 \begin_inset Index idx
35486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35495 \begin_layout Standard
35500 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
35501 document with an external program.
35502 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
35503 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
35504 All possible formats are formats listed in section
35505 \begin_inset space ~
35509 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35511 reference "sub:Export"
35516 You should at least see the menu entries
35523 \begin_inset space ~
35529 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35530 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35531 \begin_inset space ~
35535 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35537 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35542 \begin_inset Index idx
35545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35546 Reconfiguration of LyX
35554 \begin_layout Standard
35555 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
35556 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
35557 \begin_inset space ~
35561 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35563 reference "sec:File-Formats"
35568 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
35571 \begin_layout Standard
35572 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
35575 At the bottom of the
35579 menu the opened documents are listed.
35582 \begin_layout Subsection
35583 Open/Close all Insets
35586 \begin_layout Standard
35587 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
35590 \begin_layout Subsection
35591 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
35594 \begin_layout Standard
35595 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
35598 \begin_layout Standard
35599 Math macros are described in the
35606 \begin_layout Subsection
35610 \begin_layout Standard
35611 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
35613 \begin_inset space ~
35617 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35619 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35626 \begin_layout Subsection
35630 \begin_layout Standard
35631 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
35632 opening a new view window.
35635 \begin_layout Subsection
35639 \begin_layout Standard
35640 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
35641 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
35642 view the same document, but at different positions.
35643 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
35644 or more documents at the same time.
35645 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
35652 \begin_layout Subsection
35656 \begin_layout Standard
35657 Closes a split view.
35660 \begin_layout Subsection
35664 \begin_layout Standard
35665 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
35666 so that you will see nothing but your text.
35667 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
35668 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
35669 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
35672 \begin_layout Subsection
35674 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35676 name "sub:Toolbars"
35681 \begin_inset Index idx
35684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35693 \begin_layout Standard
35694 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
35695 All toolbars and the
35698 \begin_inset space ~
35703 can be turned on and off.
35708 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35720 \begin_inset space ~
35729 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35733 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35740 \begin_layout Standard
35745 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35749 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35750 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35751 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35752 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35753 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35756 \begin_layout Standard
35757 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
35758 \begin_inset space ~
35762 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35764 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35771 \begin_layout Section
35773 \begin_inset Index idx
35776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35785 \begin_layout Subsection
35789 \begin_layout Standard
35790 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35791 \begin_inset space ~
35795 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35797 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35808 \begin_layout Subsection
35810 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35812 name "sub:Special-Character"
35819 \begin_layout Standard
35820 Here you can insert the following characters:
35823 \begin_layout Description
35824 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35825 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35826 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35827 \begin_inset Newline newline
35831 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35839 Not all characters will be visible in the
35843 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
35845 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35849 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35851 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35855 ) can display every character.
35863 \begin_layout Description
35864 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35868 \begin_layout Description
35870 \begin_inset space ~
35874 \begin_inset space ~
35877 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35878 \begin_inset space ~
35882 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35884 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35891 \begin_layout Description
35893 \begin_inset space ~
35896 Quote Inserts this quote:
35897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35900 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35902 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35912 \begin_layout Description
35914 \begin_inset space ~
35917 Quote Inserts this quote:
35918 \begin_inset Quotes els
35924 \begin_layout Description
35926 \begin_inset space ~
35929 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35933 \begin_layout Description
35935 \begin_inset space ~
35938 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35942 \begin_layout Description
35944 \begin_inset space ~
35947 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35951 \begin_layout Description
35953 \begin_inset space ~
35957 \begin_inset Index idx
35960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35967 \begin_inset Index idx
35970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35971 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35976 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35977 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35978 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35983 \begin_inset Index idx
35986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35987 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35993 \begin_inset Newline newline
35996 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
36000 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36008 and this Wiki-page:
36009 \begin_inset Newline newline
36013 \begin_inset Flex URL
36016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36018 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
36026 \begin_layout Subsection
36030 \begin_layout Standard
36031 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
36034 \begin_layout Description
36035 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
36036 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
36042 \begin_layout Description
36043 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
36044 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
36050 \begin_layout Description
36052 \begin_inset space ~
36055 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
36056 \begin_inset space ~
36060 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36062 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
36069 \begin_layout Description
36071 \begin_inset space ~
36074 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
36075 \begin_inset space ~
36079 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36081 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
36088 \begin_layout Description
36090 \begin_inset space ~
36093 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
36094 \begin_inset space ~
36098 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36100 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
36107 \begin_layout Description
36109 \begin_inset space ~
36112 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
36113 \begin_inset space ~
36117 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36119 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
36126 \begin_layout Description
36128 \begin_inset space ~
36131 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
36132 \begin_inset space ~
36136 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36138 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
36145 \begin_layout Description
36147 \begin_inset space ~
36150 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
36151 \begin_inset space ~
36155 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36157 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
36164 \begin_layout Description
36166 \begin_inset space ~
36169 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
36170 \begin_inset space ~
36174 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36176 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
36183 \begin_layout Description
36185 \begin_inset space ~
36188 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
36189 \begin_inset space ~
36193 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36195 reference "sub:Ligatures"
36202 \begin_layout Description
36204 \begin_inset space ~
36208 \begin_inset space ~
36211 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
36212 \begin_inset space ~
36216 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36218 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
36225 \begin_layout Description
36227 \begin_inset space ~
36230 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
36231 text line to the page border, see section
36232 \begin_inset space ~
36236 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36238 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
36245 \begin_layout Description
36247 \begin_inset space ~
36250 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
36251 \begin_inset space ~
36255 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36257 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36264 \begin_layout Description
36266 \begin_inset space ~
36269 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
36270 text page to the page border, described in section
36271 \begin_inset space ~
36275 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36277 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36284 \begin_layout Description
36286 \begin_inset space ~
36289 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
36290 \begin_inset space ~
36294 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36296 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36303 \begin_layout Description
36305 \begin_inset space ~
36309 \begin_inset space ~
36312 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
36313 \begin_inset space ~
36317 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36319 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36326 \begin_layout Subsection
36330 \begin_layout Standard
36331 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
36332 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
36334 \begin_inset space ~
36338 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36340 reference "sec:toc"
36345 The index list is described in section
36346 \begin_inset space ~
36350 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36352 reference "sec:Index"
36356 , the nomenclature in section
36357 \begin_inset space ~
36361 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36363 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36367 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
36368 \begin_inset space ~
36372 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36374 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
36381 \begin_layout Subsection
36385 \begin_layout Standard
36386 To insert floats, described in section
36387 \begin_inset space ~
36391 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36393 reference "sec:Floats"
36400 \begin_layout Subsection
36404 \begin_layout Standard
36405 To insert notes, described in section
36406 \begin_inset space ~
36410 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36412 reference "sec:Notes"
36419 \begin_layout Subsection
36423 \begin_layout Standard
36424 Inserts branch insets as described in section
36425 \begin_inset space ~
36429 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36431 reference "sec:Branches"
36438 \begin_layout Subsection
36442 \begin_layout Standard
36443 Inserts document class-specific insets.
36444 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
36446 An example is the document class
36447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36454 with three custom insets.
36457 Flex insets and InsetLayout
36463 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
36466 \begin_layout Subsection
36468 \begin_inset Index idx
36471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36480 \begin_layout Standard
36481 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
36482 files in your document.
36483 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
36494 \begin_layout Subsection
36496 \begin_inset Index idx
36499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36508 \begin_layout Standard
36509 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
36510 \begin_inset space ~
36514 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36516 reference "sec:Minipages"
36521 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
36532 \begin_layout Subsection
36536 \begin_layout Standard
36537 Inserts a citation as described in section
36538 \begin_inset space ~
36542 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36544 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36551 \begin_layout Subsection
36555 \begin_layout Standard
36556 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
36557 \begin_inset space ~
36561 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36563 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36570 \begin_layout Subsection
36574 \begin_layout Standard
36575 Inserts a label as described in section
36576 \begin_inset space ~
36580 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36582 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36589 \begin_layout Subsection
36591 \begin_inset Index idx
36594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36601 \begin_inset Index idx
36604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36605 Longtables ! Caption
36613 \begin_layout Standard
36614 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
36615 Floats are described in section
36616 \begin_inset space ~
36620 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36622 reference "sec:Floats"
36626 , captions in longtables are described in the section
36637 \begin_layout Subsection
36641 \begin_layout Standard
36642 Inserts an index entry as described in section
36643 \begin_inset space ~
36647 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36649 reference "sec:Index"
36656 \begin_layout Subsection
36660 \begin_layout Standard
36661 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
36662 \begin_inset space ~
36666 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36668 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36675 \begin_layout Subsection
36679 \begin_layout Standard
36681 Tables are described in section
36682 \begin_inset space ~
36686 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36688 reference "sec:Tables"
36695 \begin_layout Subsection
36699 \begin_layout Standard
36701 Graphics are described in section
36702 \begin_inset space ~
36706 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36708 reference "sec:Graphics"
36715 \begin_layout Subsection
36719 \begin_layout Standard
36720 Inserts an URL as described in section
36721 \begin_inset space ~
36725 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36727 reference "sub:URLs"
36734 \begin_layout Subsection
36738 \begin_layout Standard
36739 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
36740 \begin_inset space ~
36744 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36746 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
36753 \begin_layout Subsection
36757 \begin_layout Standard
36758 Inserts a footnote, see section
36759 \begin_inset space ~
36763 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36765 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36772 \begin_layout Subsection
36776 \begin_layout Standard
36777 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36778 \begin_inset space ~
36782 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36784 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36791 \begin_layout Subsection
36795 \begin_layout Standard
36796 Inserts a short title, see section
36797 \begin_inset space ~
36801 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36803 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36810 \begin_layout Subsection
36814 \begin_layout Standard
36815 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36816 \begin_inset space ~
36820 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36822 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36829 \begin_layout Subsection
36831 \begin_inset Index idx
36834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36843 \begin_layout Standard
36844 Inserts a program listings box.
36845 Program listings are explained in the chapter
36847 Program Code Listings
36856 \begin_layout Subsection
36860 \begin_layout Standard
36861 Inserts the actual date.
36862 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36864 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
36876 \begin_layout Section
36878 \begin_inset Index idx
36881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36890 \begin_layout Standard
36891 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36892 \begin_inset space ~
36895 of the current document.
36896 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36899 \begin_layout Subsection
36903 \begin_layout Standard
36904 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36905 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
36907 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36911 \begin_inset space \space{}
36915 \begin_inset space ~
36919 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36920 \begin_inset space ~
36923 2.5 and use the menu
36926 \begin_inset space ~
36930 \begin_inset space ~
36937 \begin_inset space ~
36943 \begin_inset space ~
36947 \begin_inset space ~
36953 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
36957 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
36963 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
36969 \begin_layout Standard
36970 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36971 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36974 \begin_layout Subsection
36975 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36978 \begin_layout Standard
36979 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36983 \begin_layout Subsection
36987 \begin_layout Standard
36988 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36989 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36990 on a cross-reference box.
36993 \begin_layout Section
36995 \begin_inset Index idx
36998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37007 \begin_layout Subsection
37011 \begin_layout Standard
37012 Change Tracking is described in section
37013 \begin_inset space ~
37017 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37019 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
37026 \begin_layout Subsection
37031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37041 \begin_layout Standard
37042 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
37044 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
37047 \begin_layout Standard
37048 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
37053 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
37056 \begin_layout Subsection
37060 \begin_layout Standard
37061 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
37062 \begin_inset space ~
37066 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37068 reference "sec:Navigating"
37073 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37075 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
37082 \begin_layout Subsection
37083 Start Appendix Here
37086 \begin_layout Standard
37087 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
37088 position as described in section
37089 \begin_inset space ~
37093 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37095 reference "sec:Appendices"
37102 \begin_layout Subsection
37106 \begin_layout Standard
37107 Un/compresses the current document.
37110 \begin_layout Subsection
37114 \begin_layout Standard
37115 The document settings are described in appendix
37116 \begin_inset space ~
37120 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37122 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
37129 \begin_layout Section
37131 \begin_inset Index idx
37134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37143 \begin_layout Subsection
37147 \begin_layout Standard
37148 Spell checking is explained in section
37149 \begin_inset space ~
37153 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37155 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
37162 \begin_layout Subsection
37166 \begin_layout Standard
37167 The thesaurus is described in section
37168 \begin_inset space ~
37172 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37174 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
37181 \begin_layout Subsection
37183 \begin_inset Index idx
37186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37193 \begin_inset Index idx
37196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37205 \begin_layout Standard
37206 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
37207 highlighted document part.
37210 \begin_layout Subsection
37212 \begin_inset Index idx
37215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37224 \begin_layout Standard
37225 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
37228 \begin_layout Subsection
37230 \begin_inset Index idx
37233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37234 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
37238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37245 Reconfiguration of LyX
37249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37262 \begin_inset Index idx
37265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37266 Reconfiguration of LyX
37274 \begin_layout Standard
37275 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
37276 and needed programs it needs; see also section
37277 \begin_inset space ~
37281 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37283 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37290 \begin_layout Subsection
37294 \begin_layout Standard
37295 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
37296 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37300 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37302 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
37309 \begin_layout Section
37311 \begin_inset Index idx
37314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37323 \begin_layout Standard
37324 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
37328 \begin_layout Standard
37332 \begin_inset space ~
37337 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
37338 found by LyX (see also section
37339 \begin_inset space ~
37343 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37345 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
37352 \begin_layout Section
37354 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37356 name "sec:Toolbars"
37363 \begin_layout Standard
37364 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
37365 \begin_inset space ~
37369 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37371 reference "sub:Toolbars"
37378 \begin_layout Standard
37379 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
37380 This is described in the
37382 Additional Features
37387 \begin_layout Subsection
37389 \begin_inset Index idx
37392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37401 \begin_layout Standard
37402 \begin_inset Graphics
37403 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
37411 \begin_layout Standard
37412 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37418 \begin_layout Standard
37419 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37436 \begin_inset Note Note
37439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37440 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
37445 manual for more information.
37453 \begin_layout Standard
37454 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37460 \begin_layout Standard
37461 \begin_inset Tabular
37462 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
37463 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37464 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37465 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37471 \begin_inset Graphics
37472 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
37482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37486 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
37499 \begin_layout Standard
37500 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
37506 \begin_layout Standard
37508 \begin_inset Tabular
37509 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
37510 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37511 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37512 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37513 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37520 \begin_inset Graphics
37521 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
37522 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37537 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37544 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37549 \begin_inset Graphics
37550 filename ../images/file-open.png
37551 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37566 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37573 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37578 \begin_inset Graphics
37579 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
37580 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37595 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37602 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37607 \begin_inset Graphics
37608 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
37609 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
37618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37624 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37631 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37636 \begin_inset Graphics
37637 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37638 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37653 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37660 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37665 \begin_inset Graphics
37666 filename ../images/undo.png
37667 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37682 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37689 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37694 \begin_inset Graphics
37695 filename ../images/redo.png
37696 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37711 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37718 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37723 \begin_inset Graphics
37724 filename ../images/cut.png
37725 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37740 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37747 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37752 \begin_inset Graphics
37753 filename ../images/copy.png
37754 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37769 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37776 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37781 \begin_inset Graphics
37782 filename ../images/paste.png
37783 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37798 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37805 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37810 \begin_inset Graphics
37811 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37812 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37813 rotateOrigin center
37822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37828 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37830 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37834 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37843 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37848 \begin_inset Graphics
37849 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
37850 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37851 rotateOrigin center
37860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37866 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37867 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37874 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37879 \begin_inset Graphics
37880 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37881 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37894 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37896 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37898 \begin_inset space ~
37909 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37914 \begin_inset Graphics
37915 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37916 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37929 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37931 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37933 \begin_inset space ~
37944 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37949 \begin_inset Graphics
37950 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37951 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37964 Formats text using the current settings in the
37966 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37968 \begin_inset space ~
37979 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37984 \begin_inset Graphics
37985 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37986 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38001 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38002 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38004 \begin_inset space ~
38013 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38018 \begin_inset Graphics
38019 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
38020 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38021 rotateOrigin center
38030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38036 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38043 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38048 \begin_inset Graphics
38049 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
38050 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38051 rotateOrigin center
38060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38066 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38073 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38078 \begin_inset Graphics
38079 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
38080 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38081 rotateOrigin center
38090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38094 Toggle outline window on/off,
38096 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38103 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38108 \begin_inset Graphics
38109 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
38110 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38111 rotateOrigin center
38120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38124 Toggle math toolbar on/off
38130 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38135 \begin_inset Graphics
38136 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
38137 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38138 rotateOrigin center
38147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38151 Toggle table toolbar on/off
38164 \begin_layout Subsection
38166 \begin_inset Index idx
38169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38178 \begin_layout Standard
38179 \begin_inset Graphics
38180 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
38188 \begin_layout Standard
38189 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38195 \begin_layout Standard
38196 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
38200 \begin_layout Standard
38201 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38207 \begin_layout Standard
38208 \begin_inset Tabular
38209 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
38210 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38211 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38212 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38213 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38218 \begin_inset Graphics
38219 filename ../images/layout.png
38220 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38221 rotateOrigin center
38230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38240 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38245 \begin_inset Graphics
38246 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
38247 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38248 rotateOrigin center
38257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38267 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38272 \begin_inset Graphics
38273 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
38274 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38275 rotateOrigin center
38284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38294 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38299 \begin_inset Graphics
38300 filename ../images/layout_List.png
38301 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38302 rotateOrigin center
38311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38321 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38326 \begin_inset Graphics
38327 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
38328 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38329 rotateOrigin center
38338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38348 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38353 \begin_inset Graphics
38354 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
38355 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38356 rotateOrigin center
38365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38371 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38373 \begin_inset space ~
38377 \begin_inset space ~
38386 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38391 \begin_inset Graphics
38392 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
38393 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38394 rotateOrigin center
38403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38409 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38411 \begin_inset space ~
38415 \begin_inset space ~
38424 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38429 \begin_inset Graphics
38430 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
38431 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38446 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38447 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38454 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38459 \begin_inset Graphics
38460 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
38461 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38476 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38477 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38484 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38489 \begin_inset Graphics
38490 filename ../images/label-insert.png
38491 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38506 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38513 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38518 \begin_inset Graphics
38519 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
38520 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38535 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38542 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38547 \begin_inset Graphics
38548 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
38549 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38564 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38571 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38576 \begin_inset Graphics
38577 filename ../images/index-insert.png
38578 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38593 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38595 \begin_inset space ~
38604 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38609 \begin_inset Graphics
38610 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
38611 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38626 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38628 \begin_inset space ~
38637 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38642 \begin_inset Graphics
38643 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
38644 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38659 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38666 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38671 \begin_inset Graphics
38672 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38673 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38674 rotateOrigin center
38683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38689 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38691 \begin_inset space ~
38700 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38705 \begin_inset Graphics
38706 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38707 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38722 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38723 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38725 \begin_inset space ~
38734 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38739 \begin_inset Graphics
38740 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38741 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38756 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38763 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38768 \begin_inset Graphics
38769 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38770 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38785 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38792 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38797 \begin_inset Graphics
38798 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38799 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38814 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38836 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38841 \begin_inset Graphics
38842 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
38843 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38858 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38859 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38866 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38871 \begin_inset Graphics
38872 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38873 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38888 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38889 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38891 \begin_inset space ~
38900 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38905 \begin_inset Graphics
38906 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38907 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38908 rotateOrigin center
38917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38923 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38925 \begin_inset space ~
38934 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38939 \begin_inset Graphics
38940 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38941 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38942 rotateOrigin center
38951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38957 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38959 \begin_inset space ~
38968 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38973 \begin_inset Graphics
38974 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38975 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38976 rotateOrigin center
38985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38991 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39005 \begin_layout Subsection
39006 View / Update Toolbar
39007 \begin_inset Index idx
39010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39011 Toolbar ! View / Update
39019 \begin_layout Standard
39020 \begin_inset Graphics
39021 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
39028 \begin_layout Standard
39029 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39035 \begin_layout Standard
39036 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
39040 \begin_layout Standard
39041 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39047 \begin_layout Standard
39048 \begin_inset Tabular
39049 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
39050 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
39051 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39052 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39053 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39058 \begin_inset Graphics
39059 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
39060 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39061 rotateOrigin center
39070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39076 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39083 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39088 \begin_inset Graphics
39089 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
39090 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39091 rotateOrigin center
39100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39106 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39107 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39114 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39119 \begin_inset Graphics
39120 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
39121 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39122 rotateOrigin center
39131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39137 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39144 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39149 \begin_inset Graphics
39150 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
39151 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39152 rotateOrigin center
39161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39167 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39168 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39175 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39180 \begin_inset Graphics
39181 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
39182 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39183 rotateOrigin center
39192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39198 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39205 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39210 \begin_inset Graphics
39211 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
39212 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39213 rotateOrigin center
39222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39228 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39229 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39243 \begin_layout Subsection
39247 \begin_layout Standard
39248 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
39249 \begin_inset space ~
39253 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39255 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39259 , the table toolbar
39260 \begin_inset Index idx
39263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39273 manual, the math macro toolbar
39274 \begin_inset Index idx
39277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39290 \begin_layout Chapter
39291 The Document Settings
39292 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39294 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
39299 \begin_inset Index idx
39302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39303 Document ! Settings
39311 \begin_layout Standard
39312 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
39313 whole document and is called with the menu
39315 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39319 You can save your document settings as default with th
39321 e Save as Document Defaults
39323 button in the dialog.
39324 This will create a template name
39332 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
39336 \begin_layout Standard
39337 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
39340 \begin_layout Section
39344 \begin_layout Standard
39345 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
39347 Document classes are described in section
39348 \begin_inset space ~
39352 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39354 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
39359 Some classes use some class options by default.
39360 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
39364 and you can decide to use them or not.
39365 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
39366 recommended not to touch them.
39367 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
39373 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
39374 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
39379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39380 When you want one of the following drivers
39381 \begin_inset Newline newline
39384 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
39385 \begin_inset Newline newline
39388 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
39389 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39393 \begin_inset CommandInset href
39395 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
39407 \begin_layout Standard
39408 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
39409 child or subdocument.
39410 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
39411 without its master.
39412 This way child documents are always compilable.
39413 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
39424 \begin_layout Section
39428 \begin_layout Standard
39429 Modules are explained in section
39430 \begin_inset space ~
39434 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39436 reference "sub:Modules"
39443 \begin_layout Section
39447 \begin_layout Standard
39448 The document font settings are described in section
39449 \begin_inset space ~
39453 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39455 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
39462 \begin_layout Section
39466 \begin_layout Standard
39467 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
39469 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
39473 \begin_layout Standard
39474 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
39475 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
39476 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
39479 \begin_layout Standard
39480 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
39488 \begin_layout Section
39492 \begin_layout Standard
39493 A description of this menu is given in section
39494 \begin_inset space ~
39498 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39500 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
39505 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39507 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
39514 \begin_layout Section
39518 \begin_layout Standard
39519 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
39520 \begin_inset space ~
39524 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39526 reference "sub:Margins"
39533 \begin_layout Section
39535 \begin_inset Index idx
39538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39539 Language ! Encoding
39547 \begin_layout Standard
39548 The document language and quote styles are set here.
39549 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
39550 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
39551 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
39552 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
39553 known for a particular character).
39557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39558 The known commands are defined in a text file.
39559 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
39564 manual for details.
39572 \begin_layout Standard
39573 If you use the option
39577 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
39578 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
39579 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
39580 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
39581 exactly one encoding.
39582 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
39590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39591 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
39592 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
39594 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39595 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39609 \begin_layout Standard
39610 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
39611 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
39612 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
39613 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
39614 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
39615 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
39620 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
39621 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
39622 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
39625 \begin_layout Standard
39626 Here is a list with the important encodings:
39629 \begin_layout Description
39631 \begin_inset space ~
39635 \begin_inset space ~
39639 \begin_inset space ~
39646 , but the LaTeX-package
39651 \begin_inset Index idx
39654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39655 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39661 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
39662 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
39663 languages in TeX code.
39666 \begin_layout Description
39667 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
39668 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
39669 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
39672 \begin_layout Description
39674 \begin_inset space ~
39678 \begin_inset space ~
39681 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
39684 \begin_layout Description
39686 \begin_inset space ~
39690 \begin_inset space ~
39693 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
39696 \begin_layout Description
39698 \begin_inset space ~
39701 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
39704 \begin_layout Description
39706 \begin_inset space ~
39710 \begin_inset space ~
39713 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
39714 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
39717 \begin_layout Description
39719 \begin_inset space ~
39723 \begin_inset space ~
39726 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
39730 \begin_layout Description
39732 \begin_inset space ~
39736 \begin_inset space ~
39739 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
39740 ISO-8859-13 encoding
39743 \begin_layout Description
39745 \begin_inset space ~
39749 \begin_inset space ~
39753 \begin_inset space ~
39756 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
39757 \begin_inset space ~
39763 \begin_layout Description
39765 \begin_inset space ~
39769 \begin_inset space ~
39773 \begin_inset space ~
39776 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
39777 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
39780 \begin_layout Description
39782 \begin_inset space ~
39786 \begin_inset space ~
39789 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
39790 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
39791 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39792 \begin_inset space ~
39796 \begin_inset space ~
39802 \begin_layout Description
39804 \begin_inset space ~
39808 \begin_inset space ~
39811 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
39812 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
39813 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
39814 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39815 \begin_inset space ~
39819 \begin_inset space ~
39825 \begin_layout Description
39827 \begin_inset space ~
39831 \begin_inset space ~
39834 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
39837 \begin_layout Description
39839 \begin_inset space ~
39843 \begin_inset space ~
39846 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
39849 \begin_layout Description
39851 \begin_inset space ~
39855 \begin_inset space ~
39858 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
39861 \begin_layout Description
39863 \begin_inset space ~
39866 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
39869 \begin_layout Description
39871 \begin_inset space ~
39874 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
39877 \begin_layout Description
39879 \begin_inset space ~
39883 \begin_inset space ~
39886 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
39889 \begin_layout Description
39891 \begin_inset space ~
39895 \begin_inset space ~
39901 \begin_layout Description
39903 \begin_inset space ~
39907 \begin_inset space ~
39910 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
39913 \begin_layout Description
39915 \begin_inset space ~
39919 \begin_inset space ~
39925 \begin_layout Description
39927 \begin_inset space ~
39931 \begin_inset space ~
39934 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39939 \begin_inset Index idx
39942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39943 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39948 , when using this, set the document language to
39953 \begin_layout Description
39955 \begin_inset space ~
39959 \begin_inset space ~
39962 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39966 , when using this, set the document language to
39971 \begin_layout Description
39973 \begin_inset space ~
39977 \begin_inset space ~
39980 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39985 \begin_inset Index idx
39988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39989 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
39994 , when using this, set the document language to
39999 \begin_layout Description
40001 \begin_inset space ~
40005 \begin_inset space ~
40008 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40012 , when using this, set the document language to
40017 \begin_layout Description
40019 \begin_inset space ~
40023 \begin_inset space ~
40026 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40030 , when using this, set the document language to
40035 \begin_layout Description
40037 \begin_inset space ~
40040 (EUC-KR) for Korean
40043 \begin_layout Description
40045 \begin_inset space ~
40049 \begin_inset space ~
40053 \begin_inset space ~
40056 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
40059 \begin_layout Description
40061 \begin_inset space ~
40065 \begin_inset space ~
40069 \begin_inset space ~
40072 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
40073 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
40074 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
40077 \begin_layout Description
40079 \begin_inset space ~
40083 \begin_inset space ~
40089 \begin_layout Description
40091 \begin_inset space ~
40095 \begin_inset space ~
40098 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
40099 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
40102 \begin_layout Description
40104 \begin_inset space ~
40108 \begin_inset space ~
40111 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
40116 \begin_inset Index idx
40119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40120 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
40125 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
40128 \begin_layout Description
40130 \begin_inset space ~
40134 \begin_inset space ~
40137 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
40141 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
40149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40150 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
40151 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40165 \begin_layout Description
40167 \begin_inset space ~
40171 \begin_inset space ~
40174 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
40179 \begin_inset Index idx
40182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40183 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
40188 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
40191 \begin_layout Description
40193 \begin_inset space ~
40196 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
40201 \begin_inset Index idx
40204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40205 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
40211 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
40215 \begin_layout Description
40217 \begin_inset space ~
40221 \begin_inset space ~
40225 \begin_inset space ~
40228 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
40229 \begin_inset space ~
40235 \begin_layout Description
40237 \begin_inset space ~
40241 \begin_inset space ~
40245 \begin_inset space ~
40248 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
40249 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
40250 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
40254 \begin_layout Description
40256 \begin_inset space ~
40260 \begin_inset space ~
40264 \begin_inset space ~
40267 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
40268 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
40271 \begin_layout Section
40275 \begin_layout Standard
40276 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
40277 depth in the table of contents as described in section
40278 \begin_inset space ~
40282 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40284 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
40291 \begin_layout Section
40295 \begin_layout Standard
40296 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
40301 \begin_inset Index idx
40304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40305 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
40315 \begin_inset Index idx
40318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40319 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
40324 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
40329 \begin_inset Index idx
40332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40333 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
40338 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
40340 For a further description see section
40341 \begin_inset space ~
40345 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40347 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40354 \begin_layout Section
40358 \begin_layout Standard
40359 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
40360 and you can define additional indexes.
40361 Please refer to section
40362 \begin_inset space ~
40366 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40368 reference "sec:Index"
40375 \begin_layout Section
40379 \begin_layout Standard
40380 The PDF properties are explained in section
40381 \begin_inset space ~
40385 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40387 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
40394 \begin_layout Section
40398 \begin_layout Standard
40399 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
40404 \begin_inset Index idx
40407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40408 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
40418 \begin_inset Index idx
40421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40422 LaTeX-packages ! esint
40427 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
40430 \begin_layout Standard
40435 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
40436 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
40439 \begin_layout Standard
40444 is used for special integral characters.
40447 \begin_layout Section
40451 \begin_layout Standard
40452 The float placement options are described in section
40453 \begin_inset space ~
40457 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40459 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
40466 \begin_layout Section
40470 \begin_layout Standard
40471 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
40472 The itemize environment is described in section
40473 \begin_inset space ~
40477 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40479 reference "sec:Itemize"
40486 \begin_layout Section
40490 \begin_layout Standard
40491 Branches are described in section
40492 \begin_inset space ~
40496 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40498 reference "sec:Branches"
40505 \begin_layout Section
40510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40520 \begin_layout Standard
40521 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
40522 to define LaTeX-commands.
40523 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
40524 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
40528 \begin_layout Standard
40529 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
40530 \begin_inset space ~
40534 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40536 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
40543 \begin_layout Chapter
40549 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40551 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
40556 \begin_inset Index idx
40559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40568 \begin_layout Standard
40569 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
40571 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40575 It has the following submenus.
40578 \begin_layout Section
40582 \begin_layout Subsection
40586 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40587 User Interface File
40588 \begin_inset Index idx
40591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40592 Customization ! of toolbars
40598 \begin_inset Index idx
40601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40602 Customization ! of menus
40610 \begin_layout Standard
40611 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40619 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
40628 \begin_layout Standard
40629 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
40630 interface (ui) file.
40631 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
40632 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
40641 Both files are loaded by the
40646 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
40647 files and edit the entries.
40650 \begin_layout Standard
40651 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
40663 entries must be ended with an explicit
40688 and in the case of the
40689 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40693 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40701 The syntax for the entries is:
40704 \begin_layout Standard
40705 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40711 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40723 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40733 \begin_layout Standard
40735 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40738 All LyX-functions are listed in
40739 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40748 \begin_layout Standard
40749 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40755 \begin_layout Standard
40756 An example: Assuming you use the menu
40758 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40761 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
40765 \begin_layout Standard
40766 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40772 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40780 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40784 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40790 \begin_layout Standard
40792 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40795 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
40798 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40802 \begin_layout Standard
40805 Enable tool tips in main work area
40807 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
40811 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40815 \begin_layout Standard
40819 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40823 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40826 restoring of window layout and geometries
40828 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
40829 in the last LyX session.
40832 \begin_layout Standard
40835 Restore cursor positions
40837 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
40841 \begin_layout Standard
40844 Load opened files from last session
40846 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
40849 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40851 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40853 name "sub:Backup documents"
40858 \begin_inset Index idx
40861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40870 \begin_layout Standard
40875 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
40878 \begin_layout Standard
40883 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
40886 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40888 \begin_inset space ~
40896 \begin_layout Standard
40899 Open documents in tabs
40901 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
40905 \begin_layout Subsection
40907 \begin_inset Index idx
40910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40917 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40919 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
40926 \begin_layout Standard
40927 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
40930 \begin_layout Standard
40931 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40939 This section only deals with the fonts
40944 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
40947 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40948 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40959 \begin_layout Standard
40960 By default, LyX uses
40964 as roman (serif) font,
40972 (depends on the system) as
40975 \begin_inset space ~
40991 \begin_layout Standard
40992 You can change the font size with the
40997 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
40998 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
41001 \begin_layout Standard
41006 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
41007 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
41009 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41012 points have the size of 1
41013 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41017 \begin_inset space ~
41021 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41023 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
41030 \begin_layout Standard
41035 are the same as if a document font size of 10
41036 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41040 The sizes are explained in detail in section
41041 \begin_inset space ~
41045 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41047 reference "sub:Document-Font"
41054 \begin_layout Standard
41057 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
41059 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
41060 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
41061 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
41062 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
41064 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
41065 \begin_inset space ~
41071 \begin_layout Subsection
41073 \begin_inset Index idx
41076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41083 \begin_inset Index idx
41086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41095 \begin_layout Standard
41096 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
41097 Choose an item in the list and use the
41104 \begin_layout Subsection
41106 \begin_inset Index idx
41109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41118 \begin_layout Standard
41119 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
41122 \begin_layout Standard
41127 enables previewing snippets of your document.
41128 This feature is described in section
41129 \begin_inset space ~
41133 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41135 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
41142 \begin_layout Standard
41146 \begin_inset space ~
41150 \begin_inset space ~
41154 \begin_inset space ~
41159 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
41162 \begin_layout Section
41164 \begin_inset Index idx
41167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41176 \begin_layout Subsection
41180 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41184 \begin_layout Standard
41187 Cursor follows scrollbar
41189 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
41193 \begin_layout Standard
41196 Sort environments alphabetically
41198 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
41201 \begin_layout Standard
41204 Group environments by their category
41206 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
41209 \begin_layout Standard
41210 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
41222 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41226 \begin_layout Standard
41227 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
41232 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
41233 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
41237 \begin_layout Subsection
41239 \begin_inset Index idx
41242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41249 \begin_inset Index idx
41252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41253 Settings ! Shortcuts
41261 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41265 \begin_layout Standard
41266 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
41267 Several binding files are available:
41270 \begin_layout Description
41271 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
41274 \begin_layout Description
41275 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
41286 \begin_layout Description
41287 mac.bind set of bindings for
41290 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41298 \begin_layout Standard
41299 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
41303 , and bind files for special languages.
41304 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
41305 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41309 \begin_inset space \space{}
41313 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41317 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41321 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
41325 \begin_layout Standard
41326 Some bind-files, like
41330 , have only a small scope.
41331 When looking at the end of the file
41335 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
41338 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41340 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41342 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
41347 \begin_inset Index idx
41350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41351 Key Bindings ! Editing
41359 \begin_layout Standard
41360 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
41361 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
41362 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
41365 Show key-bindings containing
41368 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
41369 Insert there for example as keyword
41370 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41374 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41377 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
41379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41383 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41387 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
41388 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
41392 that you will find in the
41399 \begin_layout Standard
41401 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41405 \begin_inset space \space{}
41416 , select the function and press the
41421 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
41422 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
41423 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
41424 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
41425 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
41427 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
41429 The binding for the function
41433 is an example of this.
41436 \begin_layout Standard
41437 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
41439 The syntax of the entries is:
41442 \begin_layout Standard
41448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41466 \begin_layout Subsection
41468 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41472 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41476 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41478 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
41483 \begin_inset Index idx
41486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41493 \begin_inset Index idx
41496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41497 Settings ! Keyboard Map
41505 \begin_layout Standard
41506 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
41507 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
41509 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41513 \begin_inset space \space{}
41516 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
41517 can use the keyboard map file named
41524 \begin_layout Standard
41525 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41533 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
41541 \begin_layout Standard
41542 Besides this, you can specify here the
41544 Wheel scrolling speed
41547 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
41551 \begin_layout Subsection
41553 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41555 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
41560 \begin_inset Index idx
41563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41572 \begin_layout Standard
41573 Input completion is described in sec.
41574 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41578 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41580 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
41585 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
41587 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
41588 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
41592 \begin_layout Section
41594 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41601 \begin_inset Index idx
41604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41611 \begin_inset Index idx
41614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41623 \begin_layout Description
41625 \begin_inset space ~
41628 directory This is LyX's working directory.
41629 It is the default when you
41640 \begin_inset space ~
41648 \begin_layout Description
41650 \begin_inset space ~
41653 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
41655 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41657 \begin_inset space ~
41661 \begin_inset space ~
41669 \begin_layout Description
41671 \begin_inset space ~
41674 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
41680 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41684 \begin_inset Newline newline
41688 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41700 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
41708 \begin_layout Description
41710 \begin_inset space ~
41714 \begin_inset Index idx
41717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41723 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
41724 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
41725 \begin_inset space ~
41729 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41731 reference "sub:Backup documents"
41739 will be used to save the backups.
41740 \begin_inset Newline newline
41743 The backup files have the ending
41744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41754 \begin_layout Description
41759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41766 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
41767 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
41768 \begin_inset Newline newline
41772 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41780 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
41788 \begin_layout Description
41790 \begin_inset space ~
41793 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
41796 \begin_layout Description
41798 \begin_inset space ~
41801 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
41802 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
41803 to find it on the system.
41804 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
41805 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
41807 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41811 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41814 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
41815 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
41819 \begin_layout Section
41823 \begin_layout Standard
41824 Here you can insert your name and email address.
41825 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
41827 \begin_inset space ~
41831 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41833 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
41837 , to mark changes you make as yours.
41840 \begin_layout Section
41842 \begin_inset Index idx
41845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41846 Language ! Settings
41852 \begin_inset Index idx
41855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41856 Settings ! Language
41864 \begin_layout Subsection
41868 \begin_layout Description
41870 \begin_inset space ~
41874 \begin_inset space ~
41877 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
41878 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
41879 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
41880 You find the actual translation status here:
41881 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41883 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41884 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41891 \begin_layout Description
41893 \begin_inset space ~
41896 language is the language used in new documents
41899 \begin_layout Description
41901 \begin_inset space ~
41904 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
41906 The default is the LaTeX-command
41912 that loads the package
41920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41921 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
41922 \begin_inset space ~
41926 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41928 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
41938 \begin_inset Newline newline
41945 automatically translates in the background the text labels of documents
41946 to the document language.
41947 A text label is, for instance, the word
41948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41955 at the beginning of every table caption.
41958 \begin_layout Description
41960 \begin_inset space ~
41963 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
41964 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
41965 An example is the start command
41971 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
41976 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41991 selectlanguage{$$lang}
41996 \begin_layout Description
41998 \begin_inset space ~
42006 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
42007 command toggles the package on and off.
42010 \begin_layout Description
42012 \begin_inset space ~
42022 \begin_layout Description
42023 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
42024 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
42025 used by all LaTeX-packages.
42026 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
42033 \begin_layout Description
42035 \begin_inset space ~
42038 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
42040 When this option is not set, the
42043 \begin_inset space ~
42048 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
42049 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
42052 \begin_inset space ~
42060 \begin_layout Description
42062 \begin_inset space ~
42068 \begin_inset space ~
42074 When it is not set, the
42077 \begin_inset space ~
42082 is set to the end of the document.
42085 \begin_layout Description
42087 \begin_inset space ~
42091 \begin_inset space ~
42094 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
42095 language will be underlined blue.
42098 \begin_layout Description
42100 \begin_inset space ~
42104 \begin_inset space ~
42107 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
42108 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
42111 \begin_layout Description
42113 \begin_inset space ~
42116 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
42117 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
42118 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
42119 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
42122 \begin_layout Subsection
42126 \begin_layout Standard
42127 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
42128 \begin_inset space ~
42132 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42134 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
42141 \begin_layout Section
42145 \begin_layout Subsection
42147 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42154 \begin_inset Index idx
42157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42164 \begin_inset Index idx
42167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42176 \begin_layout Description
42178 \begin_inset space ~
42181 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
42182 The name will be used when the
42187 \begin_inset Newline newline
42191 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42199 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
42207 \begin_layout Description
42209 \begin_inset space ~
42213 \begin_inset space ~
42217 \begin_inset space ~
42220 printer This option works only for the
42225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42237 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
42238 This is an option only for dvips experts.
42241 \begin_layout Description
42243 \begin_inset space ~
42246 command is the command LyX
42247 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42251 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42254 LaTeX uses for printing.
42255 The default is on most systems
42262 \begin_layout Description
42264 \begin_inset space ~
42268 \begin_inset space ~
42271 Options Here you can specify printer options.
42272 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
42273 of the program that provides the
42280 \begin_layout Subsection
42282 \begin_inset Index idx
42285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42292 \begin_inset Index idx
42295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42296 Settings ! Date format
42304 \begin_layout Standard
42305 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
42306 \begin_inset Newline newline
42310 \begin_inset Flex URL
42313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42315 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
42321 \begin_inset Newline newline
42324 For example the format
42325 \begin_inset Newline newline
42329 \begin_inset Newline newline
42332 prints the date as day/month/year.
42335 \begin_layout Subsection
42339 \begin_layout Description
42341 \begin_inset space ~
42345 \begin_inset space ~
42348 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
42351 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42352 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42354 \begin_inset space ~
42360 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
42364 \begin_layout Description
42366 \begin_inset space ~
42369 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
42374 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
42375 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
42378 \begin_layout Subsection
42383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42391 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42393 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
42398 \begin_inset Index idx
42401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42410 \begin_layout Description
42415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42423 \begin_inset space ~
42426 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
42431 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
42453 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
42454 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42462 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42466 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
42467 LyX sets up in the background.
42468 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
42471 \begin_layout Description
42473 \begin_inset space ~
42477 \begin_inset space ~
42480 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
42485 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
42488 \begin_layout Standard
42489 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
42490 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
42491 manuals of the applications.
42492 Currently the following commands can be set:
42495 \begin_layout Description
42500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42508 \begin_inset space ~
42511 command Command for the program
42515 that is described in the section
42521 Additional Features
42526 \begin_layout Description
42531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42539 \begin_inset space ~
42542 command Command for the program
42546 that generates the bibliography, see section
42547 \begin_inset space ~
42551 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42553 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
42560 \begin_layout Description
42562 \begin_inset space ~
42565 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
42566 \begin_inset space ~
42570 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42572 reference "sub:Index-Program"
42579 \begin_layout Description
42581 \begin_inset space ~
42584 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
42585 \begin_inset space ~
42589 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42591 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
42598 \begin_layout Description
42600 \begin_inset space ~
42604 \begin_inset space ~
42608 \begin_inset space ~
42612 \begin_inset space ~
42615 options They only have an effect when the program
42619 is used as DVI-viewer.
42622 \begin_layout Standard
42623 There are additionally the following options:
42626 \begin_layout Description
42628 \begin_inset space ~
42632 \begin_inset space ~
42636 \begin_inset space ~
42640 \begin_inset space ~
42644 \begin_inset space ~
42647 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
42648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42654 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42662 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42665 to separate folders.
42666 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
42667 \begin_inset Index idx
42670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42677 \begin_inset Index idx
42680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42689 \begin_layout Description
42691 \begin_inset space ~
42695 \begin_inset space ~
42699 \begin_inset space ~
42703 \begin_inset space ~
42707 \begin_inset space ~
42711 \begin_inset space ~
42714 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
42716 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42719 dialog when changing the document class.
42722 \begin_layout Section
42724 \begin_inset space ~
42728 \begin_inset Index idx
42731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42740 \begin_layout Subsection
42742 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42744 name "sub:Converters"
42749 \begin_inset Index idx
42752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42761 \begin_layout Standard
42762 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
42763 from one format to another.
42764 You can modify them or create new ones.
42765 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
42772 \begin_inset space ~
42782 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
42786 \begin_inset space ~
42791 drop-down list, modify the
42795 field, and press the
42802 \begin_layout Standard
42805 Converter File Cache
42807 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
42810 Maximum Age (in days
42813 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
42814 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
42817 \begin_layout Standard
42818 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
42819 the converter definition, is described in the section
42830 \begin_layout Subsection
42832 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42834 name "sec:File-Formats"
42839 \begin_inset Index idx
42842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42849 \begin_inset Index idx
42852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42861 \begin_layout Standard
42862 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
42863 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
42867 \begin_layout Standard
42868 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
42869 is described in the section
42880 \begin_layout Standard
42881 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
42882 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
42883 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
42884 This is done by specifying a
42889 More about this is described in the section
42900 \begin_layout Chapter
42901 Units available in LyX
42902 \begin_inset Index idx
42905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42912 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42914 name "cha:Units-available-in"
42921 \begin_layout Standard
42922 To understand the units described in this documentation,
42923 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42925 reference "cap:Units"
42929 explains all units available in LyX.
42932 \begin_layout Standard
42933 \begin_inset Float table
42939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42940 \begin_inset Caption
42942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42943 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42958 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
42964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42966 \begin_inset Tabular
42967 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
42968 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
42969 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42970 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43066 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43070 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43094 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43098 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43121 scaled point (65536
43122 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43126 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43150 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43154 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43178 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43182 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
43186 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43210 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43214 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43237 % of original image width
43244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43426 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43430 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43451 \begin_layout Chapter
43453 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43462 \begin_layout Standard
43463 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
43464 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
43467 \begin_layout Itemize
43470 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
43473 \begin_layout Itemize
43479 \begin_layout Itemize
43485 \begin_layout Itemize
43491 \begin_layout Itemize
43497 \begin_layout Itemize
43503 \begin_layout Itemize
43509 \begin_layout Itemize
43515 \begin_layout Itemize
43518 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
43521 \begin_layout Itemize
43527 \begin_layout Itemize
43533 \begin_layout Itemize
43539 \begin_layout Itemize
43545 \begin_layout Itemize
43551 \begin_layout Itemize
43557 \begin_layout Itemize
43563 \begin_layout Itemize
43569 \begin_layout Itemize
43571 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
43580 \begin_layout Standard
43581 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43584 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
43591 \begin_layout Bibliography
43592 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43593 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43594 LatexCommand bibitem
43601 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43604 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
43609 \begin_inset Newline newline
43613 \begin_inset Flex URL
43616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43618 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
43626 \begin_layout Bibliography
43627 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43628 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43629 LatexCommand bibitem
43630 key "latexcompanion"
43634 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
43636 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
43639 Addison-Wesley, 2004
43642 \begin_layout Bibliography
43643 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43644 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43645 LatexCommand bibitem
43650 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
43653 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
43656 Addison-Wesley, 2003
43659 \begin_layout Bibliography
43660 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43661 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43662 LatexCommand bibitem
43669 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
43672 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
43675 \begin_layout Bibliography
43676 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43677 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43678 LatexCommand bibitem
43690 Addison-Wesley, 1984
43693 \begin_layout Bibliography
43694 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43695 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43696 LatexCommand bibitem
43702 \begin_inset Newline newline
43706 \begin_inset Flex URL
43709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43711 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
43719 \begin_layout Bibliography
43720 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43721 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43722 LatexCommand bibitem
43728 \begin_inset Newline newline
43732 \begin_inset Flex URL
43735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43737 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
43745 \begin_layout Bibliography
43746 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43747 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43748 LatexCommand bibitem
43754 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43756 name "Documentation"
43757 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
43766 \begin_inset Newline newline
43770 \begin_inset Flex URL
43773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43775 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
43783 \begin_layout Bibliography
43784 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43785 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43786 LatexCommand bibitem
43792 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43794 name "Documentation"
43795 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
43799 how to use the program
43804 \begin_inset Newline newline
43808 \begin_inset Flex URL
43811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43813 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
43821 \begin_layout Bibliography
43822 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43823 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43824 LatexCommand bibitem
43830 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43832 name "Documentation"
43833 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
43842 \begin_inset Newline newline
43846 \begin_inset Flex URL
43849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43851 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
43859 \begin_layout Bibliography
43860 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43861 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43862 LatexCommand bibitem
43868 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43870 name "Documentation"
43871 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
43880 \begin_inset Newline newline
43884 \begin_inset Flex URL
43887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43889 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
43897 \begin_layout Bibliography
43898 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43899 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43900 LatexCommand bibitem
43906 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43908 name "Documentation"
43909 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
43913 of the LaTeX-package
43918 \begin_inset Index idx
43921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43922 LaTeX-packages ! caption
43928 \begin_inset Newline newline
43932 \begin_inset Flex URL
43935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43937 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
43945 \begin_layout Bibliography
43946 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43947 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43948 LatexCommand bibitem
43954 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43956 name "Documentation"
43957 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
43961 of the LaTeX-package
43966 \begin_inset Index idx
43969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43970 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
43976 \begin_inset Newline newline
43980 \begin_inset Flex URL
43983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43985 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
43993 \begin_layout Bibliography
43994 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43995 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43996 LatexCommand bibitem
44004 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44006 name "Documentation"
44007 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
44013 of the LaTeX-package
44018 \begin_inset Index idx
44021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44022 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
44028 \begin_inset Newline newline
44032 \begin_inset Flex URL
44035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44037 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
44045 \begin_layout Bibliography
44046 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44047 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44048 LatexCommand bibitem
44054 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44056 name "Documentation"
44057 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
44061 of the LaTeX-package
44066 \begin_inset Index idx
44069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44070 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
44076 \begin_inset Newline newline
44080 \begin_inset Flex URL
44083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44085 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
44093 \begin_layout Bibliography
44094 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44095 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44096 LatexCommand bibitem
44102 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44104 name "Documentation"
44105 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
44109 of the LaTeX-package
44114 \begin_inset Index idx
44117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44118 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
44124 \begin_inset Newline newline
44128 \begin_inset Flex URL
44131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44133 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
44141 \begin_layout Bibliography
44142 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44143 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44144 LatexCommand bibitem
44150 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44152 name "Documentation"
44153 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
44157 of the LaTeX-package
44162 \begin_inset Index idx
44165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44166 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
44172 \begin_inset Newline newline
44176 \begin_inset Flex URL
44179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44181 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
44189 \begin_layout Bibliography
44190 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44191 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44192 LatexCommand bibitem
44198 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44201 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
44205 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
44206 \begin_inset Newline newline
44210 \begin_inset Flex URL
44213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44215 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
44223 \begin_layout Bibliography
44224 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44225 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44226 LatexCommand bibitem
44232 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44235 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
44239 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
44240 \begin_inset Newline newline
44244 \begin_inset Flex URL
44247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44249 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
44257 \begin_layout Bibliography
44258 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44259 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44260 LatexCommand bibitem
44266 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44269 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
44273 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
44274 \begin_inset Newline newline
44278 \begin_inset Flex URL
44281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44283 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
44291 \begin_layout Bibliography
44292 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44293 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44294 LatexCommand bibitem
44300 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44303 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
44307 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
44308 \begin_inset Newline newline
44312 \begin_inset Flex URL
44315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44317 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
44325 \begin_layout Bibliography
44326 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44327 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44328 LatexCommand bibitem
44334 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44337 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
44341 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
44342 \begin_inset Newline newline
44346 \begin_inset Flex URL
44349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44351 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
44359 \begin_layout Bibliography
44360 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44361 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44362 LatexCommand bibitem
44368 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44371 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
44375 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
44376 \begin_inset Newline newline
44380 \begin_inset Flex URL
44383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44385 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
44393 \begin_layout Bibliography
44394 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44395 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44396 LatexCommand bibitem
44402 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44405 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
44409 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
44410 \begin_inset Newline newline
44414 \begin_inset Flex URL
44417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44419 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
44427 \begin_layout Bibliography
44428 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44429 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44430 LatexCommand bibitem
44436 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44439 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
44443 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
44444 \begin_inset Newline newline
44448 \begin_inset Flex URL
44451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44453 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
44461 \begin_layout Bibliography
44462 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44463 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44464 LatexCommand bibitem
44470 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44473 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
44477 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
44478 \begin_inset Newline newline
44482 \begin_inset Flex URL
44485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44487 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
44495 \begin_layout Bibliography
44496 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44497 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44498 LatexCommand bibitem
44504 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44507 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
44511 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
44512 \begin_inset Newline newline
44516 \begin_inset Flex URL
44519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44521 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
44529 \begin_layout Bibliography
44530 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44531 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44532 LatexCommand bibitem
44538 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44541 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
44545 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
44546 \begin_inset Newline newline
44550 \begin_inset Flex URL
44553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44555 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
44563 \begin_layout Bibliography
44564 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44565 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44566 LatexCommand bibitem
44572 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44575 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
44579 about new features in
44584 \begin_inset Newline newline
44588 \begin_inset Flex URL
44591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44593 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
44601 \begin_layout Standard
44602 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
44609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44636 \begin_inset Note Note
44639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44646 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
44647 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
44648 bibliography is the second one:
44656 \begin_layout Standard
44657 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
44658 LatexCommand bibtex
44659 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
44660 options "biblio/alphadin"
44667 \begin_layout Standard
44668 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
44671 \begin_layout Standard
44672 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
44673 LatexCommand printnomenclature
44679 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
44680 LatexCommand printindex